diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events
index 505f080..2e1d153 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-events
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Description:	Per-pmu performance monitoring events specific to the running syste
 		If a <term> is specified alone (without an assigned value), it
 		is implied that 0x1 is assigned to that <term>.
 
-		Examples (each of these lines would be in a seperate file):
+		Examples (each of these lines would be in a separate file):
 
 			event=0x2abc
 			event=0x423,inv,cmask=0x3
diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl
index d7fcdc5..0320910 100644
--- a/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl
+++ b/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl
@@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@ and other resources, etc.
 	</itemizedlist>
 
 	<para>
-	Of errors detected as above, the followings are not ATA/ATAPI
+	Of errors detected as above, the following are not ATA/ATAPI
 	device errors but ATA bus errors and should be handled
 	according to <xref linkend="excatATAbusErr"/>.
 	</para>
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/method-customizing.txt b/Documentation/acpi/method-customizing.txt
index 5f55373..a3f598e 100644
--- a/Documentation/acpi/method-customizing.txt
+++ b/Documentation/acpi/method-customizing.txt
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Note: To get the ACPI debug object output (Store (AAAA, Debug)),
 3. undo your changes
    The "undo" operation is not supported for a new inserted method
    right now, i.e. we can not remove a method currently.
-   For an overrided method, in order to undo your changes, please
+   For an overridden method, in order to undo your changes, please
    save a copy of the method original ASL code in step c) section 1,
    and redo step c) ~ g) to override the method with the original one.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/method-tracing.txt b/Documentation/acpi/method-tracing.txt
index c2505ee..0aba14c 100644
--- a/Documentation/acpi/method-tracing.txt
+++ b/Documentation/acpi/method-tracing.txt
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ tracing facility.
 	Users can enable/disable this debug tracing feature by executing
 	the following command:
 	    # echo string > /sys/module/acpi/parameters/trace_state
-	Where "string" should be one of the followings:
+	Where "string" should be one of the following:
 	"disable"
 	    Disable the method tracing feature.
 	"enable"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom-rpm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom-rpm.txt
index b98b291..761ed93 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom-rpm.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/qcom-rpm.txt
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ see regulator.txt - with additional custom properties described below:
 - qcom,switch-mode-frequency:
 	Usage: required
 	Value type: <u32>
-	Definition: Frequency (Hz) of the swith mode power supply;
+	Definition: Frequency (Hz) of the switch mode power supply;
 		    must be one of:
 		    19200000, 9600000, 6400000, 4800000, 3840000, 3200000,
 		    2740000, 2400000, 2130000, 1920000, 1750000, 1600000,
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-armada8k.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-armada8k.txt
index 598533a..655b33b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-armada8k.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-armada8k.txt
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Required properties:
 - reg-names:
    - "ctrl" for the control register region
    - "config" for the config space region
-- interrupts: Interrupt specifier for the PCIe controler
+- interrupts: Interrupt specifier for the PCIe controller
 - clocks: reference to the PCIe controller clock
 
 Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt
index 6961722..a462dc3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ the first two functions being GPIO in and out. The configuration on
 the pins includes drive strength and pull-up.
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: Should be one of the followings (depending on you SoC):
+- compatible: Should be one of the following (depending on your SoC):
   "allwinner,sun4i-a10-pinctrl"
   "allwinner,sun5i-a10s-pinctrl"
   "allwinner,sun5i-a13-pinctrl"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/pd-samsung.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/pd-samsung.txt
index 4e94737..76df656b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/pd-samsung.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/pd-samsung.txt
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Optional Properties:
 - clock-names: The following clocks can be specified:
 	- oscclk: Oscillator clock.
 	- clkN: Input clocks to the devices in this power domain. These clocks
-		will be reparented to oscclk before swithing power domain off.
+		will be reparented to oscclk before switching power domain off.
 		Their original parent will be brought back after turning on
 		the domain. Maximum of 4 clocks (N = 0 to 3) are supported.
 	- asbN: Clocks required by asynchronous bridges (ASB) present in
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/ti-abb-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/ti-abb-regulator.txt
index c3f6546..6a23ad9 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/ti-abb-regulator.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/ti-abb-regulator.txt
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Required Properties:
 Optional Properties:
 - reg-names: In addition to the required properties, the following are optional
   - "efuse-address"	- Contains efuse base address used to pick up ABB info.
-  - "ldo-address"	- Contains address of ABB LDO overide register address.
+  - "ldo-address"	- Contains address of ABB LDO override register.
 	"efuse-address" is required for this.
 - ti,ldovbb-vset-mask	- Required if ldo-address is set, mask for LDO override
 	register to provide override vset value.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/grf.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/grf.txt
index 013e71a..76d6ccf6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/grf.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/rockchip/grf.txt
@@ -9,14 +9,14 @@ From RK3368 SoCs, the GRF is divided into two sections,
 
 Required Properties:
 
-- compatible: GRF should be one of the followings
+- compatible: GRF should be one of the following:
    - "rockchip,rk3066-grf", "syscon": for rk3066
    - "rockchip,rk3188-grf", "syscon": for rk3188
    - "rockchip,rk3228-grf", "syscon": for rk3228
    - "rockchip,rk3288-grf", "syscon": for rk3288
    - "rockchip,rk3368-grf", "syscon": for rk3368
    - "rockchip,rk3399-grf", "syscon": for rk3399
-- compatible: PMUGRF should be one of the followings
+- compatible: PMUGRF should be one of the following:
    - "rockchip,rk3368-pmugrf", "syscon": for rk3368
    - "rockchip,rk3399-pmugrf", "syscon": for rk3399
 - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rockchip-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rockchip-i2s.txt
index 4ea29aa..d5b9d58 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rockchip-i2s.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/rockchip-i2s.txt
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ audio data transfer between devices in the system.
 
 Required properties:
 
-- compatible: should be one of the followings
+- compatible: should be one of the following:
    - "rockchip,rk3066-i2s": for rk3066
    - "rockchip,rk3188-i2s", "rockchip,rk3066-i2s": for rk3188
    - "rockchip,rk3288-i2s", "rockchip,rk3066-i2s": for rk3288
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sun4i-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sun4i-i2s.txt
index 7b526ec..29fdd8e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sun4i-i2s.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sun4i-i2s.txt
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ audio data transfer between devices in the system.
 
 Required properties:
 
-- compatible: should be one of the followings
+- compatible: should be one of the following:
    - "allwinner,sun4i-a10-i2s"
 - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
   region.
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/autofs4.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/autofs4.txt
index 39d02e1..4c4e1dd 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/autofs4.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/autofs4.txt
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ up.
 
 There is an option with indirect mounts to consider each of the leaves
 that has been mounted on instead of considering the top-level names.
-This is intended for compatability with version 4 of autofs and should
+This is intended for compatibility with version 4 of autofs and should
 be considered as deprecated.
 
 When autofs considers a directory it checks the `last_used` time and
diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/orangefs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/orangefs.txt
index 1dfdec7..c7b21b1 100644
--- a/Documentation/filesystems/orangefs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/filesystems/orangefs.txt
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ then contains:
     of kcalloced memory. This memory is used as an array of pointers
     to each of the pages in the IO buffer through a call to get_user_pages.
   * desc_array - a pointer to desc_count * (sizeof(struct orangefs_bufmap_desc))
-    bytes of kcalloced memory. This memory is further intialized:
+    bytes of kcalloced memory. This memory is further initialized:
 
       user_desc is the kernel's copy of the IO buffer's ORANGEFS_dev_map_desc
       structure. user_desc->ptr points to the IO buffer.
diff --git a/Documentation/media/dvb-drivers/dvb-usb.rst b/Documentation/media/dvb-drivers/dvb-usb.rst
index eec99cd..aa2c503 100644
--- a/Documentation/media/dvb-drivers/dvb-usb.rst
+++ b/Documentation/media/dvb-drivers/dvb-usb.rst
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ https://linuxtv.org/wiki/index.php/DVB_USB
 
   2004-12-26
 
-  - refactored the dibusb-driver, splitted into separate files
+  - refactored the dibusb-driver, split into separate files
   - i2c-probing enabled
 
   2004-12-06
diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.rst
index 7116e0d..2a268f5 100644
--- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.rst
+++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.rst
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ union holding separate parameters for input and output devices.
 
 .. _parm-caps:
 
-.. flat-table:: Streaming Parameters Capabilites
+.. flat-table:: Streaming Parameters Capabilities
     :header-rows:  0
     :stub-columns: 0
     :widths:       3 1 4
diff --git a/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt b/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt
index 0d7cb95..4bb5704 100644
--- a/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt
+++ b/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt
@@ -114,11 +114,11 @@ config options.
     Memory model -> Sparse Memory  (CONFIG_SPARSEMEM)
     Allow for memory hot-add       (CONFIG_MEMORY_HOTPLUG)
 
-- To enable memory removal, the followings are also necessary
+- To enable memory removal, the following are also necessary
     Allow for memory hot remove    (CONFIG_MEMORY_HOTREMOVE)
     Page Migration                 (CONFIG_MIGRATION)
 
-- For ACPI memory hotplug, the followings are also necessary
+- For ACPI memory hotplug, the following are also necessary
     Memory hotplug (under ACPI Support menu) (CONFIG_ACPI_HOTPLUG_MEMORY)
     This option can be kernel module.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc
index 2f6d595..755ec66 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Changes from 20050201 to 20050208
 	* Integrated Christoph Hellwig's patch from 1/30: Some fixes in
 	  the evt handling area.
 	* Integrated Christoph Hellwig's patch from 1/30: Remove usage of
-	  intr_inited variable. The interrupt initilization from OS side
+	  intr_inited variable. The interrupt initialization from OS side
 	  now happens in lpfc_probe_one().
 	* Integrated Christoph Hellwig's patch from 1/30: remove shim
 	  lpfc_alloc_transport_attr - remove shim lpfc_alloc_shost_attrs -
diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas
index 00ffdf18..234ddab 100644
--- a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas
+++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ ii.	Reduced by 1 max cmds sent to FW from Driver to make the reply_q_sz same
 3 Older Version   : 00.00.03.02
 
 i.	Send stop adapter to FW & Dump pending FW cmds before declaring adapter dead.
-	New varible added to set dbg level.
+	New variable added to set dbg level.
 ii.	Disable interrupt made as fn pointer as they are different for 1068 / 1078
 iii.	Frame count optimization. Main frame can contain 2 SGE for 64 bit SGLs and
 	3 SGE for 32 bit SGL
diff --git a/Documentation/xtensa/atomctl.txt b/Documentation/xtensa/atomctl.txt
index 1da783a..f1e7457 100644
--- a/Documentation/xtensa/atomctl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/xtensa/atomctl.txt
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ doing a Cached (WB) transaction and use the Memory RCW for un-cached
 operations.
 
 For systems without an coherent cache controller, non-MX, we always
-use the memory controllers RCW, thought non-MX controlers likely
+use the memory controllers RCW, though non-MX controllers likely
 support the Internal Operation.
 
 CUSTOMER-WARNING:
diff --git a/arch/arc/kernel/unwind.c b/arch/arc/kernel/unwind.c
index 0587bf1..c1e99f0 100644
--- a/arch/arc/kernel/unwind.c
+++ b/arch/arc/kernel/unwind.c
@@ -1041,9 +1041,9 @@ int arc_unwind(struct unwind_frame_info *frame)
 		++ptr;
 	}
 	if (cie != NULL) {
-		/* get code aligment factor */
+		/* get code alignment factor */
 		state.codeAlign = get_uleb128(&ptr, end);
-		/* get data aligment factor */
+		/* get data alignment factor */
 		state.dataAlign = get_sleb128(&ptr, end);
 		if (state.codeAlign == 0 || state.dataAlign == 0 || ptr >= end)
 			cie = NULL;
diff --git a/arch/arc/mm/tlb.c b/arch/arc/mm/tlb.c
index ec868a9..4e00954 100644
--- a/arch/arc/mm/tlb.c
+++ b/arch/arc/mm/tlb.c
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
  *  -Changes related to MMU v2 (Rel 4.8)
  *
  * Vineetg: Aug 29th 2008
- *  -In TLB Flush operations (Metal Fix MMU) there is a explict command to
+ *  -In TLB Flush operations (Metal Fix MMU) there is an explicit command to
  *    flush Micro-TLBS. If TLB Index Reg is invalid prior to TLBIVUTLB cmd,
  *    it fails. Thus need to load it with ANY valid value before invoking
  *    TLBIVUTLB cmd
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ static void tlb_entry_erase(unsigned int vaddr_n_asid)
 /****************************************************************************
  * ARC700 MMU caches recently used J-TLB entries (RAM) as uTLBs (FLOPs)
  *
- * New IVUTLB cmd in MMU v2 explictly invalidates the uTLB
+ * New IVUTLB cmd in MMU v2 explicitly invalidates the uTLB
  *
  * utlb_invalidate ( )
  *  -For v2 MMU calls Flush uTLB Cmd
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ noinline void local_flush_tlb_mm(struct mm_struct *mm)
  * Difference between this and Kernel Range Flush is
  *  -Here the fastest way (if range is too large) is to move to next ASID
  *      without doing any explicit Shootdown
- *  -In case of kernel Flush, entry has to be shot down explictly
+ *  -In case of kernel Flush, entry has to be shot down explicitly
  */
 void local_flush_tlb_range(struct vm_area_struct *vma, unsigned long start,
 			   unsigned long end)
diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/compressed/head.S b/arch/arm/boot/compressed/head.S
index af11c2f..50d8297 100644
--- a/arch/arm/boot/compressed/head.S
+++ b/arch/arm/boot/compressed/head.S
@@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@ skip:
 		bgt	loop1
 finished:
 		ldmfd	sp!, {r0-r7, r9-r11}
-		mov	r10, #0			@ swith back to cache level 0
+		mov	r10, #0			@ switch back to cache level 0
 		mcr	p15, 2, r10, c0, c0, 0	@ select current cache level in cssr
 iflush:
 		mcr	p15, 0, r10, c7, c10, 4	@ DSB
diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/r8a7779.dtsi b/arch/arm/boot/dts/r8a7779.dtsi
index b9bbcce..8ebf7f6 100644
--- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/r8a7779.dtsi
+++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/r8a7779.dtsi
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@
 		extal_clk: extal {
 			compatible = "fixed-clock";
 			#clock-cells = <0>;
-			/* This value must be overriden by the board. */
+			/* This value must be overridden by the board. */
 			clock-frequency = <0>;
 		};
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/r8a7790.dtsi b/arch/arm/boot/dts/r8a7790.dtsi
index d18558f..4bdf4ba 100644
--- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/r8a7790.dtsi
+++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/r8a7790.dtsi
@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@
 		extal_clk: extal {
 			compatible = "fixed-clock";
 			#clock-cells = <0>;
-			/* This value must be overriden by the board. */
+			/* This value must be overridden by the board. */
 			clock-frequency = <0>;
 		};
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/r8a7791.dtsi b/arch/arm/boot/dts/r8a7791.dtsi
index 8f0086b..8e230c9 100644
--- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/r8a7791.dtsi
+++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/r8a7791.dtsi
@@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@
 		extal_clk: extal {
 			compatible = "fixed-clock";
 			#clock-cells = <0>;
-			/* This value must be overriden by the board. */
+			/* This value must be overridden by the board. */
 			clock-frequency = <0>;
 		};
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/r8a7794.dtsi b/arch/arm/boot/dts/r8a7794.dtsi
index 685f986..cc7f298 100644
--- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/r8a7794.dtsi
+++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/r8a7794.dtsi
@@ -925,7 +925,7 @@
 		extal_clk: extal {
 			compatible = "fixed-clock";
 			#clock-cells = <0>;
-			/* This value must be overriden by the board. */
+			/* This value must be overridden by the board. */
 			clock-frequency = <0>;
 		};
 
diff --git a/arch/arm/include/asm/mach/flash.h b/arch/arm/include/asm/mach/flash.h
index 4ca69fe..bada3f8 100644
--- a/arch/arm/include/asm/mach/flash.h
+++ b/arch/arm/include/asm/mach/flash.h
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ struct mtd_info;
  * set_vpp:	method called to enable or disable VPP
  * mmcontrol:	method called to enable or disable Sync. Burst Read in OneNAND
  * parts:	optional array of mtd_partitions for static partitioning
- * nr_parts:	number of mtd_partitions for static partitoning
+ * nr_parts:	number of mtd_partitions for static partitioning
  */
 struct flash_platform_data {
 	const char	*map_name;
diff --git a/arch/arm/include/asm/xen/page-coherent.h b/arch/arm/include/asm/xen/page-coherent.h
index 95ce6ac..95167c0 100644
--- a/arch/arm/include/asm/xen/page-coherent.h
+++ b/arch/arm/include/asm/xen/page-coherent.h
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ static inline void xen_dma_unmap_page(struct device *hwdev, dma_addr_t handle,
 {
 	unsigned long pfn = PFN_DOWN(handle);
 	/*
-	 * Dom0 is mapped 1:1, while the Linux page can be spanned accross
+	 * Dom0 is mapped 1:1, while the Linux page can be spanned across
 	 * multiple Xen page, it's not possible to have a mix of local and
 	 * foreign Xen page. Dom0 is mapped 1:1, so calling pfn_valid on a
 	 * foreign mfn will always return false. If the page is local we can
diff --git a/arch/arm/mach-omap2/dma.c b/arch/arm/mach-omap2/dma.c
index e58c13a..e87065c 100644
--- a/arch/arm/mach-omap2/dma.c
+++ b/arch/arm/mach-omap2/dma.c
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ static unsigned configure_dma_errata(void)
 	/*
 	 * Erratum ID: i378: OMAP2+: sDMA Channel is not disabled
 	 * after a transaction error.
-	 * Workaround: SW should explicitely disable the channel.
+	 * Workaround: SW should explicitly disable the channel.
 	 */
 	if (cpu_class_is_omap2())
 		SET_DMA_ERRATA(DMA_ERRATA_i378);
diff --git a/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap_twl.c b/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap_twl.c
index 6bf6267..1346b3a 100644
--- a/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap_twl.c
+++ b/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap_twl.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /**
- * OMAP and TWL PMIC specific intializations.
+ * OMAP and TWL PMIC specific initializations.
  *
  * Copyright (C) 2010 Texas Instruments Incorporated.
  * Thara Gopinath
diff --git a/arch/arm/mach-w90x900/dev.c b/arch/arm/mach-w90x900/dev.c
index e65a80a..b379883 100644
--- a/arch/arm/mach-w90x900/dev.c
+++ b/arch/arm/mach-w90x900/dev.c
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ struct platform_device nuc900_device_ac97 = {
 	}
 };
 
-/*Here should be your evb resourse,such as LCD*/
+/* Here should be your evb resource, such as LCD */
 
 static struct platform_device *nuc900_public_dev[] __initdata = {
 	&nuc900_serial_device,
diff --git a/arch/arm/mm/cache-v7.S b/arch/arm/mm/cache-v7.S
index a134d8a..de78109 100644
--- a/arch/arm/mm/cache-v7.S
+++ b/arch/arm/mm/cache-v7.S
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ skip:
 	cmp	r3, r10
 	bgt	flush_levels
 finished:
-	mov	r10, #0				@ swith back to cache level 0
+	mov	r10, #0				@ switch back to cache level 0
 	mcr	p15, 2, r10, c0, c0, 0		@ select current cache level in cssr
 	dsb	st
 	isb
diff --git a/arch/arm/plat-omap/dmtimer.c b/arch/arm/plat-omap/dmtimer.c
index 7a327bd..1f90aa4 100644
--- a/arch/arm/plat-omap/dmtimer.c
+++ b/arch/arm/plat-omap/dmtimer.c
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ static struct omap_dm_timer *_omap_dm_timer_request(int req_type, void *data)
 				/*
 				 * If timer is not NULL, we have already found
 				 * one timer but it was not an exact match
-				 * because it had more capabilites that what
+				 * because it had more capabilities that what
 				 * was required. Therefore, unreserve the last
 				 * timer found and see if this one is a better
 				 * match.
diff --git a/arch/arm/plat-samsung/include/plat/gpio-cfg.h b/arch/arm/plat-samsung/include/plat/gpio-cfg.h
index 21391fa..56a4bed 100644
--- a/arch/arm/plat-samsung/include/plat/gpio-cfg.h
+++ b/arch/arm/plat-samsung/include/plat/gpio-cfg.h
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ struct samsung_gpio_chip;
  * @get_config: Read the current configuration for the GPIO
  *
  * Each chip can have more than one type of GPIO bank available and some
- * have different capabilites even when they have the same control register
+ * have different capabilities even when they have the same control register
  * layouts. Provide an point to vector control routine and provide any
  * per-bank configuration information that other systems such as the
  * external interrupt code will need.
diff --git a/arch/arm64/Kconfig b/arch/arm64/Kconfig
index bc3f00f..d8b43bb 100644
--- a/arch/arm64/Kconfig
+++ b/arch/arm64/Kconfig
@@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ config ARM64_UAO
 	help
 	  User Access Override (UAO; part of the ARMv8.2 Extensions)
 	  causes the 'unprivileged' variant of the load/store instructions to
-	  be overriden to be privileged.
+	  be overridden to be privileged.
 
 	  This option changes get_user() and friends to use the 'unprivileged'
 	  variant of the load/store instructions. This ensures that user-space
diff --git a/arch/ia64/sn/kernel/sn2/sn_hwperf.c b/arch/ia64/sn/kernel/sn2/sn_hwperf.c
index b999257..ccbf33e 100644
--- a/arch/ia64/sn/kernel/sn2/sn_hwperf.c
+++ b/arch/ia64/sn/kernel/sn2/sn_hwperf.c
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ static int sn_topology_show(struct seq_file *s, void *d)
 				/* both ends local to this partition */
 				seq_puts(s, " local");
 			else if (SN_HWPERF_FOREIGN(p))
-				/* both ends of the link in foreign partiton */
+				/* both ends of the link in foreign partition */
 				seq_puts(s, " foreign");
 			else
 				/* link straddles a partition */
diff --git a/arch/m68k/ifpsp060/src/isp.S b/arch/m68k/ifpsp060/src/isp.S
index 6dccda7..b865c1a 100644
--- a/arch/m68k/ifpsp060/src/isp.S
+++ b/arch/m68k/ifpsp060/src/isp.S
@@ -3814,7 +3814,7 @@ CAS2W2_FILLER:
 #	(3) Save current DFC/SFC (ASSUMED TO BE EQUAL!!!); Then set	#
 #	    SFC/DFC according to whether exception occurred in user or	#
 #	    supervisor mode.						#
-#	(4) Use "plpaw" instruction to pre-load ATC with efective	#
+#	(4) Use "plpaw" instruction to pre-load ATC with effective	#
 #	    address page(s). THIS SHOULD NOT FAULT!!! The relevant	#
 #	    page(s) should have been made resident prior to entering	#
 #	    this routine.						#
diff --git a/arch/m68k/math-emu/fp_util.S b/arch/m68k/math-emu/fp_util.S
index b093b85..6837a6b 100644
--- a/arch/m68k/math-emu/fp_util.S
+++ b/arch/m68k/math-emu/fp_util.S
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ fp_e2e_small2:
 	bfins	%d0,(%a0){%d1,#8}
 #endif
 	jra	fp_e2e_checkround
-1:	neg.w	%d1			| lower lword is splitted between
+1:	neg.w	%d1			| lower lword is split between
 	bfins	%d0,(%a0){%d1,#32}	| higher and lower lword
 #ifndef CONFIG_M68KFPU_EMU_EXTRAPREC
 	jra	fp_e2e_checkround
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ fp_e2e_small3:
 	move.b	%d0,(7,%a0)
 	jra	fp_e2e_checkround
 #endif
-1:	move.l	%d0,%d1			| lower lword is splitted between
+1:	move.l	%d0,%d1			| lower lword is split between
 	lsl.l	%d2,%d0			| higher and lower lword
 	move.l	%d0,(%a0)
 	move.l	%d1,%d0
@@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ fp_ne_small2:
 	bfins	%d0,(%a0){%d1,#8}
 #endif
 	jra	fp_ne_checkround
-1:	neg.w	%d1			| lower lword is splitted between
+1:	neg.w	%d1			| lower lword is split between
 	bfins	%d0,(%a0){%d1,#32}	| higher and lower lword
 #ifndef CONFIG_M68KFPU_EMU_EXTRAPREC
 	jra	fp_ne_checkround
@@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@ fp_ns_huge:
 	| fp_normalize_single_fast:
 	| normalize an extended with single (23-bit) precision
 	| this is only used by fsgldiv/fsgdlmul, where the
-	| operand is not completly normalized.
+	| operand is not completely normalized.
 	| args:	 %a0 (struct fp_ext *)
 
 fp_normalize_single_fast:
diff --git a/arch/mips/Kconfig b/arch/mips/Kconfig
index 2638856..4932e28 100644
--- a/arch/mips/Kconfig
+++ b/arch/mips/Kconfig
@@ -2846,7 +2846,7 @@ config MIPS_O32_FP64_SUPPORT
 
 	  Although binutils currently supports use of this flag the details
 	  concerning its effect upon the O32 ABI in userland are still being
-	  worked on. In order to avoid userland becoming dependant upon current
+	  worked on. In order to avoid userland becoming dependent upon current
 	  behaviour before the details have been finalised, this option should
 	  be considered experimental and only enabled by those working upon
 	  said details.
@@ -2881,7 +2881,7 @@ choice
 
 		    objcopy --update-section .appended_dtb=<filename>.dtb vmlinux
 
-		  This is meant as a backward compatiblity convenience for those
+		  This is meant as a backward compatibility convenience for those
 		  systems with a bootloader that can't be upgraded to accommodate
 		  the documented boot protocol using a device tree.
 
diff --git a/arch/openrisc/kernel/entry.S b/arch/openrisc/kernel/entry.S
index fec8bf9..0413bc6 100644
--- a/arch/openrisc/kernel/entry.S
+++ b/arch/openrisc/kernel/entry.S
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ EXCEPTION_ENTRY(_timer_handler)
 	l.j    _ret_from_intr
 	 l.nop
 
-/* ---[ 0x600: Aligment exception ]-------------------------------------- */
+/* ---[ 0x600: Alignment exception ]-------------------------------------- */
 
 EXCEPTION_ENTRY(_alignment_handler)
 	/* r4: EA of fault (set by EXCEPTION_HANDLE) */
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ EXCEPTION_ENTRY(_alignment_handler)
 
 #if 0
 EXCEPTION_ENTRY(_aligment_handler)
-//        l.mfspr r2,r0,SPR_EEAR_BASE     /* Load the efective addres */
+//        l.mfspr r2,r0,SPR_EEAR_BASE     /* Load the effective address */
 	l.addi	r2,r4,0
 //        l.mfspr r5,r0,SPR_EPCR_BASE     /* Load the insn address */
 	l.lwz   r5,PT_PC(r1)
diff --git a/arch/openrisc/kernel/head.S b/arch/openrisc/kernel/head.S
index f147933..1f6a998 100644
--- a/arch/openrisc/kernel/head.S
+++ b/arch/openrisc/kernel/head.S
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ _dispatch_do_ipage_fault:
     .org 0x500
 	EXCEPTION_HANDLE(_timer_handler)
 
-/* ---[ 0x600: Aligment exception ]-------------------------------------- */
+/* ---[ 0x600: Alignment exception ]-------------------------------------- */
     .org 0x600
 	EXCEPTION_HANDLE(_alignment_handler)
 
@@ -629,8 +629,9 @@ jump_start_kernel:
 
 /* ========================================[ cache ]=== */
 
-	/* aligment here so we don't change memory offsets with
-	 * memory controler defined
+	/*
+	 * alignment here so we don't change memory offsets with
+	 * memory controller defined
 	 */
 	.align 0x2000
 
diff --git a/arch/openrisc/kernel/vmlinux.lds.S b/arch/openrisc/kernel/vmlinux.lds.S
index d936de4..950ff34 100644
--- a/arch/openrisc/kernel/vmlinux.lds.S
+++ b/arch/openrisc/kernel/vmlinux.lds.S
@@ -19,8 +19,8 @@
 
 /* TODO
  *		- clean up __offset & stuff
- *		- change all 8192 aligment to PAGE !!!
- *		- recheck if all aligments are really needed
+ *		- change all 8192 alignment to PAGE !!!
+ *		- recheck if all alignments are really needed
  */
 
 #  define LOAD_OFFSET  PAGE_OFFSET
diff --git a/arch/powerpc/boot/dts/fsl/mpc8569mds.dts b/arch/powerpc/boot/dts/fsl/mpc8569mds.dts
index 8e94448..76b2bd6 100644
--- a/arch/powerpc/boot/dts/fsl/mpc8569mds.dts
+++ b/arch/powerpc/boot/dts/fsl/mpc8569mds.dts
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
 				label = "kernel";
 				reg = <0x01c00000 0x002e0000>;
 			};
-			partiton@1ee0000 {
+			partition@1ee0000 {
 				label = "dtb";
 				reg = <0x01ee0000 0x00020000>;
 			};
diff --git a/arch/powerpc/include/asm/book3s/64/mmu.h b/arch/powerpc/include/asm/book3s/64/mmu.h
index 8afb0e0..cc450fa 100644
--- a/arch/powerpc/include/asm/book3s/64/mmu.h
+++ b/arch/powerpc/include/asm/book3s/64/mmu.h
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ extern struct mmu_psize_def mmu_psize_defs[MMU_PAGE_COUNT];
 
 #ifndef __ASSEMBLY__
 /*
- * ISA 3.0 partiton and process table entry format
+ * ISA 3.0 partition and process table entry format
  */
 struct prtb_entry {
 	__be64 prtb0;
diff --git a/arch/powerpc/include/asm/fsl_hcalls.h b/arch/powerpc/include/asm/fsl_hcalls.h
index 3abb583..b889d13 100644
--- a/arch/powerpc/include/asm/fsl_hcalls.h
+++ b/arch/powerpc/include/asm/fsl_hcalls.h
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ static inline unsigned int fh_send_nmi(unsigned int vcpu_mask)
 #define FH_DTPROP_MAX_PROPLEN 32768
 
 /**
- * fh_partiton_get_dtprop - get a property from a guest device tree.
+ * fh_partition_get_dtprop - get a property from a guest device tree.
  * @handle: handle of partition whose device tree is to be accessed
  * @dtpath_addr: physical address of device tree path to access
  * @propname_addr: physical address of name of property
diff --git a/arch/powerpc/kernel/entry_64.S b/arch/powerpc/kernel/entry_64.S
index 5afd03e..221d8bc 100644
--- a/arch/powerpc/kernel/entry_64.S
+++ b/arch/powerpc/kernel/entry_64.S
@@ -519,7 +519,8 @@ BEGIN_FTR_SECTION
 END_FTR_SECTION_IFSET(CPU_FTR_ARCH_300)
 
 #ifdef CONFIG_PPC_BOOK3S
-/* Cancel all explict user streams as they will have no use after context
+/*
+ * Cancel all explicit user streams as they will have no use after context
  * switch and will stop the HW from creating streams itself
  */
 	DCBT_STOP_ALL_STREAM_IDS(r6)
diff --git a/arch/powerpc/platforms/powernv/pci-ioda.c b/arch/powerpc/platforms/powernv/pci-ioda.c
index 1321826..9ebc16e 100644
--- a/arch/powerpc/platforms/powernv/pci-ioda.c
+++ b/arch/powerpc/platforms/powernv/pci-ioda.c
@@ -2994,7 +2994,7 @@ static void pnv_ioda_setup_pe_res(struct pnv_ioda_pe *pe,
 /*
  * This function is supposed to be called on basis of PE from top
  * to bottom style. So the the I/O or MMIO segment assigned to
- * parent PE could be overrided by its child PEs if necessary.
+ * parent PE could be overridden by its child PEs if necessary.
  */
 static void pnv_ioda_setup_pe_seg(struct pnv_ioda_pe *pe)
 {
diff --git a/arch/powerpc/platforms/pseries/iommu.c b/arch/powerpc/platforms/pseries/iommu.c
index 0024e45..4d757ea 100644
--- a/arch/powerpc/platforms/pseries/iommu.c
+++ b/arch/powerpc/platforms/pseries/iommu.c
@@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@ static u64 enable_ddw(struct pci_dev *dev, struct device_node *pdn)
 	/* check largest block * page size > max memory hotplug addr */
 	max_addr = memory_hotplug_max();
 	if (query.largest_available_block < (max_addr >> page_shift)) {
-		dev_dbg(&dev->dev, "can't map partiton max 0x%llx with %u "
+		dev_dbg(&dev->dev, "can't map partition max 0x%llx with %u "
 			  "%llu-sized pages\n", max_addr,  query.largest_available_block,
 			  1ULL << page_shift);
 		goto out_failed;
diff --git a/arch/sh/kernel/irq.c b/arch/sh/kernel/irq.c
index 6c0378c..5b8ddcc 100644
--- a/arch/sh/kernel/irq.c
+++ b/arch/sh/kernel/irq.c
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ static inline void handle_one_irq(unsigned int irq)
 			"mov	%0, r4		\n"
 			"mov	r15, r8		\n"
 			"jsr	@%1		\n"
-			/* swith to the irq stack */
+			/* switch to the irq stack */
 			" mov	%2, r15		\n"
 			/* restore the stack (ring zero) */
 			"mov	r8, r15		\n"
diff --git a/arch/sparc/include/asm/hypervisor.h b/arch/sparc/include/asm/hypervisor.h
index f5b6537..03e5674 100644
--- a/arch/sparc/include/asm/hypervisor.h
+++ b/arch/sparc/include/asm/hypervisor.h
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ void sun4v_mach_sir(void);
  * Service Processor, and/or automatically restarting the gues.
  *
  * The 'timeout' parameter is specified in milliseconds, however the
- * implementated granularity is given by the 'watchdog-resolution'
+ * implemented granularity is given by the 'watchdog-resolution'
  * property in the 'platform' node of the guest's machine description.
  * The largest allowed timeout value is specified by the
  * 'watchdog-max-timeout' property of the 'platform' node.
diff --git a/arch/sparc/kernel/visemul.c b/arch/sparc/kernel/visemul.c
index c096c62..1d5ecbed 100644
--- a/arch/sparc/kernel/visemul.c
+++ b/arch/sparc/kernel/visemul.c
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
 /* 001001011 - two 32-bit merges */
 #define FPMERGE_OPF	0x04b
 
-/* 000110001 - 8-by-16-bit partitoned product  */
+/* 000110001 - 8-by-16-bit partitioned product  */
 #define FMUL8x16_OPF	0x031
 
 /* 000110011 - 8-by-16-bit upper alpha partitioned product  */
diff --git a/arch/sparc/mm/srmmu.c b/arch/sparc/mm/srmmu.c
index c7f2a52..f139457 100644
--- a/arch/sparc/mm/srmmu.c
+++ b/arch/sparc/mm/srmmu.c
@@ -1470,7 +1470,7 @@ static struct sparc32_cachetlb_ops viking_ops = {
  * flush resulting in corruption.
  *
  * Our workaround is to take a global spinlock around the TLB flushes,
- * which guarentees we won't ever have too many pending.  It's a big
+ * which guarantees we won't ever have too many pending.  It's a big
  * hammer, but a semaphore like system to make sure we only have N TLB
  * flushes going at once will require SMP locking anyways so there's
  * no real value in trying any harder than this.
diff --git a/arch/x86/crypto/cast5_avx_glue.c b/arch/x86/crypto/cast5_avx_glue.c
index 8648158..33f34ec 100644
--- a/arch/x86/crypto/cast5_avx_glue.c
+++ b/arch/x86/crypto/cast5_avx_glue.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Glue Code for the AVX assembler implemention of the Cast5 Cipher
+ * Glue Code for the AVX assembler implementation of the Cast5 Cipher
  *
  * Copyright (C) 2012 Johannes Goetzfried
  *     <Johannes.Goetzfried@informatik.stud.uni-erlangen.de>
diff --git a/arch/x86/crypto/cast6_avx_glue.c b/arch/x86/crypto/cast6_avx_glue.c
index 50e6847..8569238 100644
--- a/arch/x86/crypto/cast6_avx_glue.c
+++ b/arch/x86/crypto/cast6_avx_glue.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Glue Code for the AVX assembler implemention of the Cast6 Cipher
+ * Glue Code for the AVX assembler implementation of the Cast6 Cipher
  *
  * Copyright (C) 2012 Johannes Goetzfried
  *     <Johannes.Goetzfried@informatik.stud.uni-erlangen.de>
diff --git a/arch/x86/kvm/vmx.c b/arch/x86/kvm/vmx.c
index 5cede40..c02dd04 100644
--- a/arch/x86/kvm/vmx.c
+++ b/arch/x86/kvm/vmx.c
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ struct __packed vmcs12 {
 	/*
 	 * To allow migration of L1 (complete with its L2 guests) between
 	 * machines of different natural widths (32 or 64 bit), we cannot have
-	 * unsigned long fields with no explict size. We use u64 (aliased
+	 * unsigned long fields with no explicit size. We use u64 (aliased
 	 * natural_width) instead. Luckily, x86 is little-endian.
 	 */
 	natural_width cr0_guest_host_mask;
diff --git a/arch/x86/platform/intel-mid/device_libs/platform_pcal9555a.c b/arch/x86/platform/intel-mid/device_libs/platform_pcal9555a.c
index 429a941..8344d5a 100644
--- a/arch/x86/platform/intel-mid/device_libs/platform_pcal9555a.c
+++ b/arch/x86/platform/intel-mid/device_libs/platform_pcal9555a.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * PCAL9555a platform data initilization file
+ * PCAL9555a platform data initialization file
  *
  * Copyright (C) 2016, Intel Corporation
  *
diff --git a/arch/x86/platform/intel-mid/device_libs/platform_spidev.c b/arch/x86/platform/intel-mid/device_libs/platform_spidev.c
index 30c601b..fea8ffe 100644
--- a/arch/x86/platform/intel-mid/device_libs/platform_spidev.c
+++ b/arch/x86/platform/intel-mid/device_libs/platform_spidev.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * spidev platform data initilization file
+ * spidev platform data initialization file
  *
  * (C) Copyright 2014, 2016 Intel Corporation
  * Authors: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
diff --git a/arch/xtensa/include/asm/initialize_mmu.h b/arch/xtensa/include/asm/initialize_mmu.h
index 7a1e075..853cb6f 100644
--- a/arch/xtensa/include/asm/initialize_mmu.h
+++ b/arch/xtensa/include/asm/initialize_mmu.h
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
 				 */
 #else
 	movi	a3, 0x29	/* non-MX -- Most cores use Std Memory
-				 * Controlers which usually can't use RCW
+				 * Controllers which usually can't use RCW
 				 */
 #endif
 	wsr	a3, atomctl
diff --git a/block/blk-merge.c b/block/blk-merge.c
index 2642e5f..cf2a739 100644
--- a/block/blk-merge.c
+++ b/block/blk-merge.c
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ void blk_queue_split(struct request_queue *q, struct bio **bio,
 	bio_set_flag(res, BIO_SEG_VALID);
 
 	if (split) {
-		/* there isn't chance to merge the splitted bio */
+		/* there isn't chance to merge the split bio */
 		split->bi_opf |= REQ_NOMERGE;
 
 		bio_chain(split, *bio);
diff --git a/block/blk-throttle.c b/block/blk-throttle.c
index f1aba26..cc7ef73 100644
--- a/block/blk-throttle.c
+++ b/block/blk-throttle.c
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ static struct throtl_grp *sq_to_tg(struct throtl_service_queue *sq)
  * sq_to_td - return throtl_data the specified service queue belongs to
  * @sq: the throtl_service_queue of interest
  *
- * A service_queue can be embeded in either a throtl_grp or throtl_data.
+ * A service_queue can be embedded in either a throtl_grp or throtl_data.
  * Determine the associated throtl_data accordingly and return it.
  */
 static struct throtl_data *sq_to_td(struct throtl_service_queue *sq)
diff --git a/block/cfq-iosched.c b/block/cfq-iosched.c
index cc2f6db..1c7f218 100644
--- a/block/cfq-iosched.c
+++ b/block/cfq-iosched.c
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ enum cfqq_state_flags {
 	CFQ_CFQQ_FLAG_slice_new,	/* no requests dispatched in slice */
 	CFQ_CFQQ_FLAG_sync,		/* synchronous queue */
 	CFQ_CFQQ_FLAG_coop,		/* cfqq is shared */
-	CFQ_CFQQ_FLAG_split_coop,	/* shared cfqq will be splitted */
+	CFQ_CFQQ_FLAG_split_coop,	/* shared cfqq will be split */
 	CFQ_CFQQ_FLAG_deep,		/* sync cfqq experienced large depth */
 	CFQ_CFQQ_FLAG_wait_busy,	/* Waiting for next request */
 };
@@ -1459,7 +1459,7 @@ static inline u64 cfq_cfqq_slice_usage(struct cfq_queue *cfqq,
 	if (!cfqq->slice_start || cfqq->slice_start == now) {
 		/*
 		 * Also charge the seek time incurred to the group, otherwise
-		 * if there are mutiple queues in the group, each can dispatch
+		 * if there are multiple queues in the group, each can dispatch
 		 * a single request on seeky media and cause lots of seek time
 		 * and group will never know it.
 		 */
diff --git a/block/scsi_ioctl.c b/block/scsi_ioctl.c
index 0774799..6f87e75 100644
--- a/block/scsi_ioctl.c
+++ b/block/scsi_ioctl.c
@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ int sg_scsi_ioctl(struct request_queue *q, struct gendisk *disk, fmode_t mode,
 	if (err)
 		goto error;
 
-	/* default.  possible overriden later */
+	/* default.  possibly overridden later */
 	rq->retries = 5;
 
 	switch (opcode) {
diff --git a/drivers/acpi/Kconfig b/drivers/acpi/Kconfig
index 445ce28..cda6b8c 100644
--- a/drivers/acpi/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/acpi/Kconfig
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ config ACPI_PROCFS_POWER
 	  Say N to delete power /proc/acpi/ directories that have moved to /sys/
 
 config ACPI_REV_OVERRIDE_POSSIBLE
-	bool "Allow supported ACPI revision to be overriden"
+	bool "Allow supported ACPI revision to be overridden"
 	depends on X86
 	default y
 	help
diff --git a/drivers/acpi/acpica/acmacros.h b/drivers/acpi/acpica/acmacros.h
index a3b9543..736672c 100644
--- a/drivers/acpi/acpica/acmacros.h
+++ b/drivers/acpi/acpica/acmacros.h
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
 
 /*
  * Extract data using a pointer. Any more than a byte and we
- * get into potential aligment issues -- see the STORE macros below.
+ * get into potential alignment issues -- see the STORE macros below.
  * Use with care.
  */
 #define ACPI_CAST8(ptr)                 ACPI_CAST_PTR (u8, (ptr))
diff --git a/drivers/acpi/acpica/nsload.c b/drivers/acpi/acpica/nsload.c
index b5e2b0a..38b8514 100644
--- a/drivers/acpi/acpica/nsload.c
+++ b/drivers/acpi/acpica/nsload.c
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ acpi_ns_load_table(u32 table_index, struct acpi_namespace_node *node)
 		/*
 		 * On error, delete any namespace objects created by this table.
 		 * We cannot initialize these objects, so delete them. There are
-		 * a couple of expecially bad cases:
+		 * a couple of especially bad cases:
 		 * AE_ALREADY_EXISTS - namespace collision.
 		 * AE_NOT_FOUND - the target of a Scope operator does not
 		 * exist. This target of Scope must already exist in the
diff --git a/drivers/acpi/resource.c b/drivers/acpi/resource.c
index 56241eb..2ad13fe 100644
--- a/drivers/acpi/resource.c
+++ b/drivers/acpi/resource.c
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ static void acpi_dev_get_irqresource(struct resource *res, u32 gsi,
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * In IO-APIC mode, use overrided attribute. Two reasons:
+	 * In IO-APIC mode, use overridden attribute. Two reasons:
 	 * 1. BIOS bug in DSDT
 	 * 2. BIOS uses IO-APIC mode Interrupt Source Override
 	 *
@@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ static acpi_status acpi_dev_process_resource(struct acpi_resource *ares,
  * @preproc_data: Pointer passed to the caller's preprocessing routine.
  *
  * Evaluate the _CRS method for the given device node and process its output by
- * (1) executing the @preproc() rountine provided by the caller, passing the
+ * (1) executing the @preproc() routine provided by the caller, passing the
  * resource pointer and @preproc_data to it as arguments, for each ACPI resource
  * returned and (2) converting all of the returned ACPI resources into struct
  * resource objects if possible.  If the return value of @preproc() in step (1)
diff --git a/drivers/ata/libata-eh.c b/drivers/ata/libata-eh.c
index 0e1ec37..01ba149 100644
--- a/drivers/ata/libata-eh.c
+++ b/drivers/ata/libata-eh.c
@@ -2033,7 +2033,7 @@ static int speed_down_verdict_cb(struct ata_ering_entry *ent, void *void_arg)
  *	This is to expedite speed down decisions right after device is
  *	initially configured.
  *
- *	The followings are speed down rules.  #1 and #2 deal with
+ *	The following are speed down rules.  #1 and #2 deal with
  *	DUBIOUS errors.
  *
  *	1. If more than one DUBIOUS_ATA_BUS or DUBIOUS_TOUT_HSM errors
diff --git a/drivers/atm/iphase.c b/drivers/atm/iphase.c
index 809dd1e..44153cb 100644
--- a/drivers/atm/iphase.c
+++ b/drivers/atm/iphase.c
@@ -18,10 +18,10 @@
       
       Modified from an incomplete driver for Interphase 5575 1KVC 1M card which 
       was originally written by Monalisa Agrawal at UNH. Now this driver 
-      supports a variety of varients of Interphase ATM PCI (i)Chip adapter 
+      supports a variety of variants of Interphase ATM PCI (i)Chip adapter
       card family (See www.iphase.com/products/ClassSheet.cfm?ClassID=ATM) 
       in terms of PHY type, the size of control memory and the size of 
-      packet memory. The followings are the change log and history:
+      packet memory. The following are the change log and history:
      
           Bugfix the Mona's UBR driver.
           Modify the basic memory allocation and dma logic.
diff --git a/drivers/atm/iphase.h b/drivers/atm/iphase.h
index 53ecac5..1b74bd0 100644
--- a/drivers/atm/iphase.h
+++ b/drivers/atm/iphase.h
@@ -18,10 +18,10 @@
       
       Modified from an incomplete driver for Interphase 5575 1KVC 1M card which 
       was originally written by Monalisa Agrawal at UNH. Now this driver 
-      supports a variety of varients of Interphase ATM PCI (i)Chip adapter 
+      supports a variety of variants of Interphase ATM PCI (i)Chip adapter
       card family (See www.iphase.com/products/ClassSheet.cfm?ClassID=ATM) 
       in terms of PHY type, the size of control memory and the size of 
-      packet memory. The followings are the change log and history:
+      packet memory. The following are the change log and history:
      
           Bugfix the Mona's UBR driver.
           Modify the basic memory allocation and dma logic.
diff --git a/drivers/block/loop.c b/drivers/block/loop.c
index c9f2107..36c554f 100644
--- a/drivers/block/loop.c
+++ b/drivers/block/loop.c
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ static void __loop_update_dio(struct loop_device *lo, bool dio)
 	 *
 	 * TODO: the above condition may be loosed in the future, and
 	 * direct I/O may be switched runtime at that time because most
-	 * of requests in sane appplications should be PAGE_SIZE algined
+	 * of requests in sane applications should be PAGE_SIZE aligned
 	 */
 	if (dio) {
 		if (queue_logical_block_size(lo->lo_queue) >= sb_bsize &&
diff --git a/drivers/block/mtip32xx/mtip32xx.h b/drivers/block/mtip32xx/mtip32xx.h
index 7617888..fe10980 100644
--- a/drivers/block/mtip32xx/mtip32xx.h
+++ b/drivers/block/mtip32xx/mtip32xx.h
@@ -27,10 +27,10 @@
 #include <linux/interrupt.h>
 #include <linux/genhd.h>
 
-/* Offset of Subsystem Device ID in pci confoguration space */
+/* Offset of Subsystem Device ID in pci configuration space */
 #define PCI_SUBSYSTEM_DEVICEID	0x2E
 
-/* offset of Device Control register in PCIe extended capabilites space */
+/* offset of Device Control register in PCIe extended capabilities space */
 #define PCIE_CONFIG_EXT_DEVICE_CONTROL_OFFSET	0x48
 
 /* check for erase mode support during secure erase */
diff --git a/drivers/block/paride/pcd.c b/drivers/block/paride/pcd.c
index 9336236..e5b4ac4 100644
--- a/drivers/block/paride/pcd.c
+++ b/drivers/block/paride/pcd.c
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
                         the slower the port i/o.  In some cases, setting
                         this to zero will speed up the device. (default -1)
                         
-            major       You may use this parameter to overide the
+            major       You may use this parameter to override the
                         default major number (46) that this driver
                         will use.  Be sure to change the device
                         name as well.
diff --git a/drivers/block/paride/pd.c b/drivers/block/paride/pd.c
index 78a39f7..c00c3c6 100644
--- a/drivers/block/paride/pd.c
+++ b/drivers/block/paride/pd.c
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
                         first drive found.
 			
 
-            major       You may use this parameter to overide the
+            major       You may use this parameter to override the
                         default major number (45) that this driver
                         will use.  Be sure to change the device
                         name as well.
diff --git a/drivers/block/paride/pf.c b/drivers/block/paride/pf.c
index 7a7d977..e26a987 100644
--- a/drivers/block/paride/pf.c
+++ b/drivers/block/paride/pf.c
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
                         the slower the port i/o.  In some cases, setting
                         this to zero will speed up the device. (default -1)
 
-	    major	You may use this parameter to overide the
+	    major	You may use this parameter to override the
 			default major number (47) that this driver
 			will use.  Be sure to change the device
 			name as well.
diff --git a/drivers/block/paride/pg.c b/drivers/block/paride/pg.c
index bfbd4c8..e4054e3 100644
--- a/drivers/block/paride/pg.c
+++ b/drivers/block/paride/pg.c
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
 			the slower the port i/o.  In some cases, setting
 			this to zero will speed up the device. (default -1)
 
-	    major	You may use this parameter to overide the
+	    major	You may use this parameter to override the
 			default major number (97) that this driver
 			will use.  Be sure to change the device
 			name as well.
diff --git a/drivers/block/paride/pt.c b/drivers/block/paride/pt.c
index 216a94f..30661d2 100644
--- a/drivers/block/paride/pt.c
+++ b/drivers/block/paride/pt.c
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
                         the slower the port i/o.  In some cases, setting
                         this to zero will speed up the device. (default -1)
 
-	    major	You may use this parameter to overide the
+	    major	You may use this parameter to override the
 			default major number (96) that this driver
 			will use.  Be sure to change the device
 			name as well.
diff --git a/drivers/bus/mvebu-mbus.c b/drivers/bus/mvebu-mbus.c
index c7f3969..e8f8ae9 100644
--- a/drivers/bus/mvebu-mbus.c
+++ b/drivers/bus/mvebu-mbus.c
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ struct mvebu_mbus_soc_data {
 };
 
 /*
- * Used to store the state of one MBus window accross suspend/resume.
+ * Used to store the state of one MBus window across suspend/resume.
  */
 struct mvebu_mbus_win_data {
 	u32 ctrl;
diff --git a/drivers/cdrom/gdrom.c b/drivers/cdrom/gdrom.c
index 584bc31..19ef951 100644
--- a/drivers/cdrom/gdrom.c
+++ b/drivers/cdrom/gdrom.c
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ static int gdrom_getsense(short *bufstring)
 		pr_info("%s\n", sense_texts[sense_key].text);
 	else
 		pr_err("Unknown sense key: %d\n", sense_key);
-	if (bufstring) /* return addional sense data */
+	if (bufstring) /* return additional sense data */
 		memcpy(bufstring, &sense[4], 2);
 	if (sense_key < 2)
 		err = 0;
diff --git a/drivers/char/agp/i460-agp.c b/drivers/char/agp/i460-agp.c
index 15b240e..77b7f6b 100644
--- a/drivers/char/agp/i460-agp.c
+++ b/drivers/char/agp/i460-agp.c
@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ static int i460_remove_memory_large_io_page (struct agp_memory *mem,
 	return 0;
 }
 
-/* Wrapper routines to call the approriate {small_io_page,large_io_page} function */
+/* Wrapper routines to call the appropriate {small_io_page,large_io_page} function */
 
 static int i460_insert_memory (struct agp_memory *mem,
 				off_t pg_start, int type)
diff --git a/drivers/char/lp.c b/drivers/char/lp.c
index c4094c4..3609a4e 100644
--- a/drivers/char/lp.c
+++ b/drivers/char/lp.c
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
  * CAREFUL will block a bit after in lp_check_status().
  *				Andrea Arcangeli, 15 Oct 1998
  * Obsoleted and removed all the lowlevel stuff implemented in the last
- * month to use the IEEE1284 functions (that handle the _new_ compatibilty
+ * month to use the IEEE1284 functions (that handle the _new_ compatibility
  * mode fine).
  */
 
diff --git a/drivers/char/pcmcia/cm4000_cs.c b/drivers/char/pcmcia/cm4000_cs.c
index c115217..453a248 100644
--- a/drivers/char/pcmcia/cm4000_cs.c
+++ b/drivers/char/pcmcia/cm4000_cs.c
@@ -655,7 +655,7 @@ static void terminate_monitor(struct cm4000_dev *dev)
  * monitor the card every 50msec. as a side-effect, retrieve the
  * atr once a card is inserted. another side-effect of retrieving the
  * atr is that the card will be powered on, so there is no need to
- * power on the card explictely from the application: the driver
+ * power on the card explicitly from the application: the driver
  * is already doing that for you.
  */
 
diff --git a/drivers/char/sonypi.c b/drivers/char/sonypi.c
index e496dae..0767c81 100644
--- a/drivers/char/sonypi.c
+++ b/drivers/char/sonypi.c
@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ static void sonypi_type3_srs(void)
 	u16 v16;
 	u8  v8;
 
-	/* This model type uses the same initialiazation of
+	/* This model type uses the same initialization of
 	 * the embedded controller as the type2 models. */
 	sonypi_type2_srs();
 
diff --git a/drivers/clocksource/tcb_clksrc.c b/drivers/clocksource/tcb_clksrc.c
index 4da2af9..e1bc655 100644
--- a/drivers/clocksource/tcb_clksrc.c
+++ b/drivers/clocksource/tcb_clksrc.c
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ static int __init tcb_clksrc_init(void)
 			((divided_rate + 500000) % 1000000) / 1000);
 
 	if (tc->tcb_config && tc->tcb_config->counter_width == 32) {
-		/* use apropriate function to read 32 bit counter */
+		/* use appropriate function to read 32 bit counter */
 		clksrc.read = tc_get_cycles32;
 		/* setup ony channel 0 */
 		tcb_setup_single_chan(tc, best_divisor_idx);
diff --git a/drivers/crypto/caam/ctrl.c b/drivers/crypto/caam/ctrl.c
index 0ec112e..d1c8769 100644
--- a/drivers/crypto/caam/ctrl.c
+++ b/drivers/crypto/caam/ctrl.c
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ static void build_instantiation_desc(u32 *desc, int handle, int do_sk)
 
 		/*
 		 * load 1 to clear written reg:
-		 * resets the done interrrupt and returns the RNG to idle.
+		 * resets the done interrupt and returns the RNG to idle.
 		 */
 		append_load_imm_u32(desc, 1, LDST_SRCDST_WORD_CLRW);
 
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ static inline int run_descriptor_deco0(struct device *ctrldev, u32 *desc,
 	do {
 		deco_dbg_reg = rd_reg32(&deco->desc_dbg);
 		/*
-		 * If an error occured in the descriptor, then
+		 * If an error occurred in the descriptor, then
 		 * the DECO status field will be set to 0x0D
 		 */
 		if ((deco_dbg_reg & DESC_DBG_DECO_STAT_MASK) ==
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ static int deinstantiate_rng(struct device *ctrldev, int state_handle_mask)
 		/*
 		 * If the corresponding bit is set, then it means the state
 		 * handle was initialized by us, and thus it needs to be
-		 * deintialized as well
+		 * deinitialized as well
 		 */
 		if ((1 << sh_idx) & state_handle_mask) {
 			/*
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ static void kick_trng(struct platform_device *pdev, int ent_delay)
 
 /**
  * caam_get_era() - Return the ERA of the SEC on SoC, based
- * on "sec-era" propery in the DTS. This property is updated by u-boot.
+ * on "sec-era" property in the DTS. This property is updated by u-boot.
  **/
 int caam_get_era(void)
 {
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ static int caam_probe(struct platform_device *pdev)
 		      (sizeof(dma_addr_t) == sizeof(u64) ? MCFGR_LONG_PTR : 0));
 
 	/*
-	 *  Read the Compile Time paramters and SCFGR to determine
+	 *  Read the Compile Time parameters and SCFGR to determine
 	 * if Virtualization is enabled for this platform
 	 */
 	scfgr = rd_reg32(&ctrl->scfgr);
diff --git a/drivers/crypto/caam/desc.h b/drivers/crypto/caam/desc.h
index 26427c1..69e971b 100644
--- a/drivers/crypto/caam/desc.h
+++ b/drivers/crypto/caam/desc.h
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ struct sec4_sg_entry {
  */
 #define HDR_REVERSE		0x00000800
 
-/* Propogate DNR property to SharedDesc */
+/* Propagate DNR property to SharedDesc */
 #define HDR_PROP_DNR		0x00000800
 
 /* JobDesc/SharedDesc share property */
diff --git a/drivers/devfreq/devfreq-event.c b/drivers/devfreq/devfreq-event.c
index 9aea2c7..aa8912c 100644
--- a/drivers/devfreq/devfreq-event.c
+++ b/drivers/devfreq/devfreq-event.c
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(devfreq_event_disable_edev);
  * @edev	: the devfreq-event device
  *
  * Note that this function check whether devfreq-event dev is enabled or not.
- * If return true, the devfreq-event dev is enabeld. If return false, the
+ * If return true, the devfreq-event dev is enabled. If return false, the
  * devfreq-event dev is disabled.
  */
 bool devfreq_event_is_enabled(struct devfreq_event_dev *edev)
diff --git a/drivers/devfreq/devfreq.c b/drivers/devfreq/devfreq.c
index 478006b..de4220f 100644
--- a/drivers/devfreq/devfreq.c
+++ b/drivers/devfreq/devfreq.c
@@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@ static int __init devfreq_init(void)
 subsys_initcall(devfreq_init);
 
 /*
- * The followings are helper functions for devfreq user device drivers with
+ * The following are helper functions for devfreq user device drivers with
  * OPP framework.
  */
 
diff --git a/drivers/dma/iop-adma.c b/drivers/dma/iop-adma.c
index f039cfa..55caa0b 100644
--- a/drivers/dma/iop-adma.c
+++ b/drivers/dma/iop-adma.c
@@ -1315,7 +1315,7 @@ static int iop_adma_probe(struct platform_device *pdev)
 
 	adev->id = plat_data->hw_id;
 
-	/* discover transaction capabilites from the platform data */
+	/* discover transaction capabilities from the platform data */
 	dma_dev->cap_mask = plat_data->cap_mask;
 
 	adev->pdev = pdev;
diff --git a/drivers/dma/mv_xor.c b/drivers/dma/mv_xor.c
index f4c9f98..817e80d 100644
--- a/drivers/dma/mv_xor.c
+++ b/drivers/dma/mv_xor.c
@@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ mv_xor_channel_add(struct mv_xor_device *xordev,
 	if (!mv_chan->dma_desc_pool_virt)
 		return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
 
-	/* discover transaction capabilites from the platform data */
+	/* discover transaction capabilities from the platform data */
 	dma_dev->cap_mask = cap_mask;
 
 	INIT_LIST_HEAD(&dma_dev->channels);
diff --git a/drivers/dma/zx296702_dma.c b/drivers/dma/zx296702_dma.c
index 245d759..ce3458c 100644
--- a/drivers/dma/zx296702_dma.c
+++ b/drivers/dma/zx296702_dma.c
@@ -885,7 +885,7 @@ static int zx_dma_remove(struct platform_device *op)
 	struct zx_dma_chan *c, *cn;
 	struct zx_dma_dev *d = platform_get_drvdata(op);
 
-	/* explictly free the irq */
+	/* explicitly free the irq */
 	devm_free_irq(&op->dev, d->irq, d);
 
 	dma_async_device_unregister(&d->slave);
diff --git a/drivers/edac/ppc4xx_edac.c b/drivers/edac/ppc4xx_edac.c
index d3a64ba..efdda090 100644
--- a/drivers/edac/ppc4xx_edac.c
+++ b/drivers/edac/ppc4xx_edac.c
@@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ static int ppc4xx_edac_mc_init(struct mem_ctl_info *mci,
 	mci->scrub_mode		= SCRUB_NONE;
 
 	/*
-	 * Update the actual capabilites based on the MCOPT1[MCHK]
+	 * Update the actual capabilities based on the MCOPT1[MCHK]
 	 * settings. Scrubbing is only useful if reporting is enabled.
 	 */
 
diff --git a/drivers/extcon/extcon-rt8973a.c b/drivers/extcon/extcon-rt8973a.c
index 97e074d..8a0f04b 100644
--- a/drivers/extcon/extcon-rt8973a.c
+++ b/drivers/extcon/extcon-rt8973a.c
@@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ static void rt8973a_init_dev_type(struct rt8973a_muic_info *info)
 		regmap_update_bits(info->regmap, reg, mask, val);
 	}
 
-	/* Check whether RT8973A is auto swithcing mode or not */
+	/* Check whether RT8973A is auto switching mode or not */
 	ret = regmap_read(info->regmap, RT8973A_REG_CONTROL1, &data);
 	if (ret) {
 		dev_err(info->dev,
diff --git a/drivers/firewire/core-device.c b/drivers/firewire/core-device.c
index f9e3aee..7c2eed7 100644
--- a/drivers/firewire/core-device.c
+++ b/drivers/firewire/core-device.c
@@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@ static void fw_device_init(struct work_struct *work)
 
 	/*
 	 * Transition the device to running state.  If it got pulled
-	 * out from under us while we did the intialization work, we
+	 * out from under us while we did the initialization work, we
 	 * have to shut down the device again here.  Normally, though,
 	 * fw_node_event will be responsible for shutting it down when
 	 * necessary.  We have to use the atomic cmpxchg here to avoid
@@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@ void fw_node_event(struct fw_card *card, struct fw_node *node, int event)
 			break;
 
 		/*
-		 * Do minimal intialization of the device here, the
+		 * Do minimal initialization of the device here, the
 		 * rest will happen in fw_device_init().
 		 *
 		 * Attention:  A lot of things, even fw_device_get(),
diff --git a/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/amdgpu/amdgpu_powerplay.c b/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/amdgpu/amdgpu_powerplay.c
index c5738a22..684ffa3 100644
--- a/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/amdgpu/amdgpu_powerplay.c
+++ b/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/amdgpu/amdgpu_powerplay.c
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ static int amdgpu_pp_early_init(void *handle)
 	case CHIP_STONEY:
 		adev->pp_enabled = (amdgpu_powerplay > 0) ? true : false;
 		break;
-	/* These chips don't have powerplay implemenations */
+	/* These chips don't have powerplay implementations */
 	case CHIP_BONAIRE:
 	case CHIP_HAWAII:
 	case CHIP_KABINI:
diff --git a/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/amdgpu/fiji_smc.c b/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/amdgpu/fiji_smc.c
index b3e19ba..2bf1e37 100644
--- a/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/amdgpu/fiji_smc.c
+++ b/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/amdgpu/fiji_smc.c
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ static int fiji_copy_bytes_to_smc(struct amdgpu_device *adev, uint32_t smc_start
 
 	spin_lock_irqsave(&adev->smc_idx_lock, flags);
 	while (byte_count >= 4) {
-		/* Bytes are written into the SMC addres space with the MSB first */
+		/* Bytes are written into the SMC address space with the MSB first */
 		data = (src[0] << 24) + (src[1] << 16) + (src[2] << 8) + src[3];
 
 		result = fiji_set_smc_sram_address(adev, addr, limit);
diff --git a/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/amdgpu/iceland_smc.c b/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/amdgpu/iceland_smc.c
index 2118399..008eeb2 100644
--- a/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/amdgpu/iceland_smc.c
+++ b/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/amdgpu/iceland_smc.c
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ static int iceland_copy_bytes_to_smc(struct amdgpu_device *adev,
 
 	spin_lock_irqsave(&adev->smc_idx_lock, flags);
 	while (byte_count >= 4) {
-		/* Bytes are written into the SMC addres space with the MSB first */
+		/* Bytes are written into the SMC address space with the MSB first */
 		data = (src[0] << 24) + (src[1] << 16) + (src[2] << 8) + src[3];
 
 		result = iceland_set_smc_sram_address(adev, addr, limit);
diff --git a/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/amdgpu/tonga_smc.c b/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/amdgpu/tonga_smc.c
index 940de18..2943447 100644
--- a/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/amdgpu/tonga_smc.c
+++ b/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/amdgpu/tonga_smc.c
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ static int tonga_copy_bytes_to_smc(struct amdgpu_device *adev, uint32_t smc_star
 
 	spin_lock_irqsave(&adev->smc_idx_lock, flags);
 	while (byte_count >= 4) {
-		/* Bytes are written into the SMC addres space with the MSB first */
+		/* Bytes are written into the SMC address space with the MSB first */
 		data = (src[0] << 24) + (src[1] << 16) + (src[2] << 8) + src[3];
 
 		result = tonga_set_smc_sram_address(adev, addr, limit);
diff --git a/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/include/atombios.h b/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/include/atombios.h
index 3493da5..5ffa9e4 100644
--- a/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/include/atombios.h
+++ b/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/include/atombios.h
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@
 #define HW_ASSISTED_I2C_STATUS_FAILURE     2
 #define HW_ASSISTED_I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS     1
 
-#pragma pack(1)                                       // BIOS data must use byte aligment
+#pragma pack(1)                                       // BIOS data must use byte alignment
 
 // Define offset to location of ROM header.
 #define OFFSET_TO_POINTER_TO_ATOM_ROM_HEADER         0x00000048L
@@ -1978,9 +1978,9 @@ typedef struct _PIXEL_CLOCK_PARAMETERS_V6
 #define PIXEL_CLOCK_V6_MISC_HDMI_BPP_MASK           0x0c
 #define PIXEL_CLOCK_V6_MISC_HDMI_24BPP              0x00
 #define PIXEL_CLOCK_V6_MISC_HDMI_36BPP              0x04
-#define PIXEL_CLOCK_V6_MISC_HDMI_36BPP_V6           0x08    //for V6, the correct defintion for 36bpp should be 2 for 36bpp(2:1)
+#define PIXEL_CLOCK_V6_MISC_HDMI_36BPP_V6           0x08    //for V6, the correct definition for 36bpp should be 2 for 36bpp(2:1)
 #define PIXEL_CLOCK_V6_MISC_HDMI_30BPP              0x08
-#define PIXEL_CLOCK_V6_MISC_HDMI_30BPP_V6           0x04    //for V6, the correct defintion for 30bpp should be 1 for 36bpp(5:4)
+#define PIXEL_CLOCK_V6_MISC_HDMI_30BPP_V6           0x04    //for V6, the correct definition for 30bpp should be 1 for 36bpp(5:4)
 #define PIXEL_CLOCK_V6_MISC_HDMI_48BPP              0x0c
 #define PIXEL_CLOCK_V6_MISC_REF_DIV_SRC             0x10
 #define PIXEL_CLOCK_V6_MISC_GEN_DPREFCLK            0x40
@@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@ typedef struct _GET_ENGINE_CLOCK_PARAMETERS
 // Following Structures and constant may be obsolete
 /****************************************************************************/
 //Maxium 8 bytes,the data read in will be placed in the parameter space.
-//Read operaion successeful when the paramter space is non-zero, otherwise read operation failed
+//Read operaion successeful when the parameter space is non-zero, otherwise read operation failed
 typedef struct _READ_EDID_FROM_HW_I2C_DATA_PARAMETERS
 {
   USHORT    usPrescale;         //Ratio between Engine clock and I2C clock
@@ -2411,7 +2411,7 @@ typedef struct _LVDS_ENCODER_CONTROL_PARAMETERS
 typedef struct _LVDS_ENCODER_CONTROL_PARAMETERS_V2
 {
   USHORT usPixelClock;  // in 10KHz; for bios convenient
-  UCHAR  ucMisc;        // see PANEL_ENCODER_MISC_xx defintions below
+  UCHAR  ucMisc;        // see PANEL_ENCODER_MISC_xx definitions below
   UCHAR  ucAction;      // 0: turn off encoder
                         // 1: setup and turn on encoder
   UCHAR  ucTruncate;    // bit0=0: Disable truncate
@@ -2636,10 +2636,10 @@ typedef struct   _SET_VOLTAGE_PARAMETERS_V1_3
 #define ATOM_INIT_VOLTAGE_REGULATOR          3        //Init Regulator
 #define ATOM_SET_VOLTAGE_PHASE               4        //Set Vregulator Phase, only for SVID/PVID regulator
 #define ATOM_GET_MAX_VOLTAGE                 6        //Get Max Voltage, not used from SetVoltageTable v1.3
-#define ATOM_GET_VOLTAGE_LEVEL               6        //Get Voltage level from vitual voltage ID, not used for SetVoltage v1.4
+#define ATOM_GET_VOLTAGE_LEVEL               6        //Get Voltage level from virtual voltage ID, not used for SetVoltage v1.4
 #define ATOM_GET_LEAKAGE_ID                  8        //Get Leakage Voltage Id ( starting from SMU7x IP ), SetVoltage v1.4
 
-// define vitual voltage id in usVoltageLevel
+// define virtual voltage id in usVoltageLevel
 #define ATOM_VIRTUAL_VOLTAGE_ID0             0xff01
 #define ATOM_VIRTUAL_VOLTAGE_ID1             0xff02
 #define ATOM_VIRTUAL_VOLTAGE_ID2             0xff03
@@ -4081,7 +4081,7 @@ typedef struct  _ATOM_LCD_RTS_RECORD
   UCHAR     ucRTSValue;
 }ATOM_LCD_RTS_RECORD;
 
-//!! If the record below exits, it shoud always be the first record for easy use in command table!!!
+//!! If the record below exits, it should always be the first record for easy use in command table!!!
 // The record below is only used when LVDS_Info is present. From ATOM_LVDS_INFO_V12, use ucLCDPanel_SpecialHandlingCap instead.
 typedef struct  _ATOM_LCD_MODE_CONTROL_CAP
 {
@@ -4097,7 +4097,7 @@ typedef struct  _ATOM_LCD_MODE_CONTROL_CAP
 typedef struct _ATOM_FAKE_EDID_PATCH_RECORD
 {
   UCHAR ucRecordType;
-  UCHAR ucFakeEDIDLength;       // = 128 means EDID lenght is 128 bytes, otherwise the EDID length = ucFakeEDIDLength*128
+  UCHAR ucFakeEDIDLength;       // = 128 means EDID length is 128 bytes, otherwise the EDID length = ucFakeEDIDLength*128
   UCHAR ucFakeEDIDString[1];    // This actually has ucFakeEdidLength elements.
 } ATOM_FAKE_EDID_PATCH_RECORD;
 
@@ -4359,7 +4359,7 @@ typedef struct _ATOM_GPIO_PIN_ASSIGNMENT
 // GPIO use to control PCIE_VDDC in certain SLT board
 #define PCIE_VDDC_CONTROL_GPIO_PINID        56
 
-//from SMU7.x, if ucGPIO_ID=PP_AC_DC_SWITCH_GPIO_PINID in GPIO_LUTTable, AC/DC swithing feature is enable
+//from SMU7.x, if ucGPIO_ID=PP_AC_DC_SWITCH_GPIO_PINID in GPIO_LUTTable, AC/DC switching feature is enable
 #define PP_AC_DC_SWITCH_GPIO_PINID          60
 //from SMU7.x, if ucGPIO_ID=VDDC_REGULATOR_VRHOT_GPIO_PINID in GPIO_LUTable, VRHot feature is enable
 #define VDDC_VRHOT_GPIO_PINID               61
@@ -5105,7 +5105,7 @@ typedef struct _ATOM_VOLTAGE_OBJECT_HEADER_V3{
 
 // ATOM_VOLTAGE_OBJECT_HEADER_V3.ucVoltageMode
 #define VOLTAGE_OBJ_GPIO_LUT                 0        //VOLTAGE and GPIO Lookup table ->ATOM_GPIO_VOLTAGE_OBJECT_V3
-#define VOLTAGE_OBJ_VR_I2C_INIT_SEQ          3        //VOLTAGE REGULATOR INIT sequece through I2C -> ATOM_I2C_VOLTAGE_OBJECT_V3
+#define VOLTAGE_OBJ_VR_I2C_INIT_SEQ          3        //VOLTAGE REGULATOR INIT sequence through I2C -> ATOM_I2C_VOLTAGE_OBJECT_V3
 #define VOLTAGE_OBJ_PHASE_LUT                4        //Set Vregulator Phase lookup table ->ATOM_GPIO_VOLTAGE_OBJECT_V3
 #define VOLTAGE_OBJ_SVID2                    7        //Indicate voltage control by SVID2 ->ATOM_SVID2_VOLTAGE_OBJECT_V3
 #define VOLTAGE_OBJ_EVV                      8
@@ -5147,7 +5147,7 @@ typedef struct  _ATOM_GPIO_VOLTAGE_OBJECT_V3
 {
    ATOM_VOLTAGE_OBJECT_HEADER_V3 sHeader;    // voltage mode = VOLTAGE_OBJ_GPIO_LUT or VOLTAGE_OBJ_PHASE_LUT
    UCHAR  ucVoltageGpioCntlId;               // default is 0 which indicate control through CG VID mode
-   UCHAR  ucGpioEntryNum;                    // indiate the entry numbers of Votlage/Gpio value Look up table
+   UCHAR  ucGpioEntryNum;                    // indicate the entry numbers of Votlage/Gpio value Look up table
    UCHAR  ucPhaseDelay;                      // phase delay in unit of micro second
    UCHAR  ucReserved;
    ULONG  ulGpioMaskVal;                     // GPIO Mask value
@@ -5843,7 +5843,7 @@ ucUMAChannelNumber:                 System memory channel numbers.
 ulCSR_M3_ARB_CNTL_DEFAULT[10]:    Arrays with values for CSR M3 arbiter for default
 ulCSR_M3_ARB_CNTL_UVD[10]:        Arrays with values for CSR M3 arbiter for UVD playback.
 ulCSR_M3_ARB_CNTL_FS3D[10]:       Arrays with values for CSR M3 arbiter for Full Screen 3D applications.
-sAvail_SCLK[5]:                   Arrays to provide availabe list of SLCK and corresponding voltage, order from low to high
+sAvail_SCLK[5]:                   Arrays to provide available list of SLCK and corresponding voltage, order from low to high
 ulGMCRestoreResetTime:            GMC power restore and GMC reset time to calculate data reconnection latency. Unit in ns.
 ulMinimumNClk:                    Minimum NCLK speed among all NB-Pstates to calcualte data reconnection latency. Unit in 10kHz.
 ulIdleNClk:                       NCLK speed while memory runs in self-refresh state. Unit in 10kHz.
@@ -6074,7 +6074,7 @@ ucUMAChannelNumber:                 System memory channel numbers.
 ulCSR_M3_ARB_CNTL_DEFAULT[10]:    Arrays with values for CSR M3 arbiter for default
 ulCSR_M3_ARB_CNTL_UVD[10]:        Arrays with values for CSR M3 arbiter for UVD playback.
 ulCSR_M3_ARB_CNTL_FS3D[10]:       Arrays with values for CSR M3 arbiter for Full Screen 3D applications.
-sAvail_SCLK[5]:                   Arrays to provide availabe list of SLCK and corresponding voltage, order from low to high
+sAvail_SCLK[5]:                   Arrays to provide available list of SLCK and corresponding voltage, order from low to high
 ulGMCRestoreResetTime:            GMC power restore and GMC reset time to calculate data reconnection latency. Unit in ns.
 ulMinimumNClk:                    Minimum NCLK speed among all NB-Pstates to calcualte data reconnection latency. Unit in 10kHz.
 ulIdleNClk:                       NCLK speed while memory runs in self-refresh state. Unit in 10kHz.
@@ -6274,7 +6274,7 @@ ucUMAChannelNumber:                 System memory channel numbers.
 
 strVBIOSMsg[40]:                  VBIOS boot up customized message string
 
-sAvail_SCLK[5]:                   Arrays to provide availabe list of SLCK and corresponding voltage, order from low to high
+sAvail_SCLK[5]:                   Arrays to provide available list of SLCK and corresponding voltage, order from low to high
 
 ulGMCRestoreResetTime:            GMC power restore and GMC reset time to calculate data reconnection latency. Unit in ns.
 ulIdleNClk:                       NCLK speed while memory runs in self-refresh state, used to calculate self-refresh latency. Unit in 10kHz.
@@ -6743,7 +6743,7 @@ typedef struct _ATOM_ASIC_INTERNAL_SS_INFO_V3
 #define ATOM_S0_SYSTEM_POWER_STATE_VALUE_LITEAC 3
 #define ATOM_S0_SYSTEM_POWER_STATE_VALUE_LIT2AC 4
 
-//Byte aligned defintion for BIOS usage
+//Byte aligned definition for BIOS usage
 #define ATOM_S0_CRT1_MONOb0             0x01
 #define ATOM_S0_CRT1_COLORb0            0x02
 #define ATOM_S0_CRT1_MASKb0             (ATOM_S0_CRT1_MONOb0+ATOM_S0_CRT1_COLORb0)
@@ -6809,7 +6809,7 @@ typedef struct _ATOM_ASIC_INTERNAL_SS_INFO_V3
 #define ATOM_S2_DISPLAY_ROTATION_ANGLE_MASK   0xC0000000L
 
 
-//Byte aligned defintion for BIOS usage
+//Byte aligned definition for BIOS usage
 #define ATOM_S2_TV1_STANDARD_MASKb0     0x0F
 #define ATOM_S2_CURRENT_BL_LEVEL_MASKb1 0xFF
 #define ATOM_S2_DEVICE_DPMS_STATEb2     0x01
@@ -6861,7 +6861,7 @@ typedef struct _ATOM_ASIC_INTERNAL_SS_INFO_V3
 
 
 
-//Byte aligned defintion for BIOS usage
+//Byte aligned definition for BIOS usage
 #define ATOM_S3_CRT1_ACTIVEb0           0x01
 #define ATOM_S3_LCD1_ACTIVEb0           0x02
 #define ATOM_S3_TV1_ACTIVEb0            0x04
@@ -6900,7 +6900,7 @@ typedef struct _ATOM_ASIC_INTERNAL_SS_INFO_V3
 #define ATOM_S4_LCD1_REFRESH_MASK       0x0000FF00L
 #define ATOM_S4_LCD1_REFRESH_SHIFT      8
 
-//Byte aligned defintion for BIOS usage
+//Byte aligned definition for BIOS usage
 #define ATOM_S4_LCD1_PANEL_ID_MASKb0    0x0FF
 #define ATOM_S4_LCD1_REFRESH_MASKb1     ATOM_S4_LCD1_PANEL_ID_MASKb0
 #define ATOM_S4_VRAM_INFO_MASKb2        ATOM_S4_LCD1_PANEL_ID_MASKb0
@@ -6979,7 +6979,7 @@ typedef struct _ATOM_ASIC_INTERNAL_SS_INFO_V3
 #define ATOM_S6_VRI_BRIGHTNESS_CHANGE       0x40000000L
 #define ATOM_S6_CONFIG_DISPLAY_CHANGE_MASK  0x80000000L
 
-//Byte aligned defintion for BIOS usage
+//Byte aligned definition for BIOS usage
 #define ATOM_S6_DEVICE_CHANGEb0         0x01
 #define ATOM_S6_SCALER_CHANGEb0         0x02
 #define ATOM_S6_LID_CHANGEb0            0x04
@@ -9064,7 +9064,7 @@ typedef struct  _ATOM_POWERPLAY_INFO_V3
 /**************************************************************************/
 
 
-// Following definitions are for compatiblity issue in different SW components.
+// Following definitions are for compatibility issue in different SW components.
 #define ATOM_MASTER_DATA_TABLE_REVISION   0x01
 #define Object_Info                       Object_Header
 #define AdjustARB_SEQ                     MC_InitParameter
@@ -9178,7 +9178,7 @@ typedef struct  _ATOM_POWERPLAY_INFO_V3
 
 /*********************************************************************************/
 
-#pragma pack() // BIOS data must use byte aligment
+#pragma pack() // BIOS data must use byte alignment
 
 #pragma pack(1)
 
@@ -9209,7 +9209,7 @@ typedef struct _ATOM_SERVICE_INFO
 
 
 
-#pragma pack() // BIOS data must use byte aligment
+#pragma pack() // BIOS data must use byte alignment
 
 //
 // AMD ACPI Table
diff --git a/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/powerplay/hwmgr/tonga_hwmgr.c b/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/powerplay/hwmgr/tonga_hwmgr.c
index c7dc111..aed0c95 100644
--- a/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/powerplay/hwmgr/tonga_hwmgr.c
+++ b/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/powerplay/hwmgr/tonga_hwmgr.c
@@ -1146,7 +1146,7 @@ int tonga_construct_voltage_tables(struct pp_hwmgr *hwmgr)
 		result = tonga_get_svi2_vdd_ci_voltage_table(hwmgr,
 					pptable_info->vdd_dep_on_mclk);
 		PP_ASSERT_WITH_CODE((0 == result),
-			"Failed to retrieve SVI2 VDDCI table from dependancy table.", return result;);
+			"Failed to retrieve SVI2 VDDCI table from dependency table.", return result;);
 	}
 
 	if (TONGA_VOLTAGE_CONTROL_BY_SVID2 == data->vdd_gfx_control) {
@@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@ static int tonga_populate_vr_config(struct pp_hwmgr *hwmgr,
 			config = VR_SVI2_PLANE_2;
 			table->VRConfig |= config;
 		} else {
-			printk(KERN_ERR "[ powerplay ] VDDC and VDDGFX should be both on SVI2 control in splitted mode! \n");
+			printk(KERN_ERR "[ powerplay ] VDDC and VDDGFX should be both on SVI2 control in split mode! \n");
 		}
 	} else {
 		/* Merged mode  */
@@ -2786,7 +2786,7 @@ static int tonga_setup_default_pcie_tables(struct pp_hwmgr *hwmgr)
 }
 
 /*
- * This function is to initalize all DPM state tables for SMU7 based on the dependency table.
+ * This function is to initialize all DPM state tables for SMU7 based on the dependency table.
  * Dynamic state patching function will then trim these state tables to the allowed range based
  * on the power policy or external client requests, such as UVD request, etc.
  */
diff --git a/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/powerplay/inc/hardwaremanager.h b/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/powerplay/inc/hardwaremanager.h
index 962cb53..9aa8ef4 100644
--- a/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/powerplay/inc/hardwaremanager.h
+++ b/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/powerplay/inc/hardwaremanager.h
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ enum phm_platform_caps {
 	PHM_PlatformCaps_EnableSideportControl,                 /* indicates Sideport can be controlled */
 	PHM_PlatformCaps_VideoPlaybackEEUNotification,          /* indicates EEU notification of video start/stop is required */
 	PHM_PlatformCaps_TurnOffPll_ASPML1,                     /* PCIE Turn Off PLL in ASPM L1 */
-	PHM_PlatformCaps_EnableHTLinkControl,                   /* indicates HT Link can be controlled by ACPI or CLMC overrided/automated mode. */
+	PHM_PlatformCaps_EnableHTLinkControl,                   /* indicates HT Link can be controlled by ACPI or CLMC overridden/automated mode. */
 	PHM_PlatformCaps_PerformanceStateOnly,                  /* indicates only performance power state to be used on current system. */
 	PHM_PlatformCaps_ExclusiveModeAlwaysHigh,               /* In Exclusive (3D) mode always stay in High state. */
 	PHM_PlatformCaps_DisableMGClockGating,                  /* to disable Medium Grain Clock Gating or not */
diff --git a/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/powerplay/smumgr/fiji_smumgr.c b/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/powerplay/smumgr/fiji_smumgr.c
index 8e52a2e..3449edb 100644
--- a/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/powerplay/smumgr/fiji_smumgr.c
+++ b/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/powerplay/smumgr/fiji_smumgr.c
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ int fiji_copy_bytes_to_smc(struct pp_smumgr *smumgr,
 	addr = smcStartAddress;
 
 	while (byteCount >= 4) {
-		/* Bytes are written into the SMC addres space with the MSB first. */
+		/* Bytes are written into the SMC address space with the MSB first. */
 		data = src[0] * 0x1000000 + src[1] * 0x10000 + src[2] * 0x100 + src[3];
 
 		result = fiji_set_smc_sram_address(smumgr, addr, limit);
diff --git a/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/powerplay/smumgr/polaris10_smumgr.c b/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/powerplay/smumgr/polaris10_smumgr.c
index 5dba7c5..1a79a9e 100644
--- a/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/powerplay/smumgr/polaris10_smumgr.c
+++ b/drivers/gpu/drm/amd/powerplay/smumgr/polaris10_smumgr.c
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ int polaris10_copy_bytes_to_smc(struct pp_smumgr *smumgr, uint32_t smc_start_add
 	addr = smc_start_address;
 
 	while (byte_count >= 4) {
-	/* Bytes are written into the SMC addres space with the MSB first. */
+	/* Bytes are written into the SMC address space with the MSB first. */
 		data = src[0] * 0x1000000 + src[1] * 0x10000 + src[2] * 0x100 + src[3];
 
 		result = polaris10_set_smc_sram_address(smumgr, addr, limit);
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ int polaris10_copy_bytes_to_smc(struct pp_smumgr *smumgr, uint32_t smc_start_add
 		extra_shift = 8 * (4 - byte_count);
 
 		while (byte_count > 0) {
-			/* Bytes are written into the SMC addres space with the MSB first. */
+			/* Bytes are written into the SMC address space with the MSB first. */
 			data = (0x100 * data) + *src++;
 			byte_count--;
 		}
@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ int polaris10_setup_graphics_level_structure(struct pp_smumgr *smumgr)
 				"[AVFS][Polaris10_SetupGfxLvlStruct] Copying of MCLK DPM table failed!",
 			return -1);
 
-	/* MVDD Boot value - neccessary for getting rid of the hang that occurs during Mclk DPM enablement */
+	/* MVDD Boot value - necessary for getting rid of the hang that occurs during Mclk DPM enablement */
 
 	graphics_level_address = dpm_table_start + offsetof(SMU74_Discrete_DpmTable, BootMVdd);
 
diff --git a/drivers/gpu/drm/drm_drv.c b/drivers/gpu/drm/drm_drv.c
index be27ed3..b0afa60 100644
--- a/drivers/gpu/drm/drm_drv.c
+++ b/drivers/gpu/drm/drm_drv.c
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ void drm_minor_release(struct drm_minor *minor)
  * is allocated with drm_dev_alloc(), usually from bus-specific ->probe()
  * callbacks implemented by the driver. The driver then needs to initialize all
  * the various subsystems for the drm device like memory management, vblank
- * handling, modesetting support and intial output configuration plus obviously
+ * handling, modesetting support and initial output configuration plus obviously
  * initialize all the corresponding hardware bits. Finally when everything is up
  * and running and ready for userspace the device instance can be published
  * using drm_dev_register().
diff --git a/drivers/gpu/drm/drm_ioctl.c b/drivers/gpu/drm/drm_ioctl.c
index 33af4a5..b2a3e95 100644
--- a/drivers/gpu/drm/drm_ioctl.c
+++ b/drivers/gpu/drm/drm_ioctl.c
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ done:
 }
 
 /**
- * drm_noop - DRM no-op ioctl implemntation
+ * drm_noop - DRM no-op ioctl implementation
  * @dev: DRM device for the ioctl
  * @data: data pointer for the ioctl
  * @file_priv: DRM file for the ioctl call
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ int drm_noop(struct drm_device *dev, void *data,
 EXPORT_SYMBOL(drm_noop);
 
 /**
- * drm_invalid_op - DRM invalid ioctl implemntation
+ * drm_invalid_op - DRM invalid ioctl implementation
  * @dev: DRM device for the ioctl
  * @data: data pointer for the ioctl
  * @file_priv: DRM file for the ioctl call
diff --git a/drivers/gpu/drm/drm_probe_helper.c b/drivers/gpu/drm/drm_probe_helper.c
index a0df377..0c27320 100644
--- a/drivers/gpu/drm/drm_probe_helper.c
+++ b/drivers/gpu/drm/drm_probe_helper.c
@@ -190,8 +190,8 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL(drm_kms_helper_poll_enable_locked);
  *    - drm_mode_validate_basic() performs basic sanity checks
  *    - drm_mode_validate_size() filters out modes larger than @maxX and @maxY
  *      (if specified)
- *    - drm_mode_validate_flag() checks the modes againt basic connector
- *      capabilites (interlace_allowed,doublescan_allowed,stereo_allowed)
+ *    - drm_mode_validate_flag() checks the modes against basic connector
+ *      capabilities (interlace_allowed,doublescan_allowed,stereo_allowed)
  *    - the optional connector ->mode_valid() helper can perform driver and/or
  *      hardware specific checks
  *
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL(drm_kms_helper_poll_enable);
  * drm_kms_helper_poll_init - initialize and enable output polling
  * @dev: drm_device
  *
- * This function intializes and then also enables output polling support for
+ * This function initializes and then also enables output polling support for
  * @dev. Drivers which do not have reliable hotplug support in hardware can use
  * this helper infrastructure to regularly poll such connectors for changes in
  * their connection state.
diff --git a/drivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_gem_render_state.c b/drivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_gem_render_state.c
index f75bbd6..46742d1 100644
--- a/drivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_gem_render_state.c
+++ b/drivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_gem_render_state.c
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ free_gem:
  * this is sufficient as the null state generator makes the final batch
  * with two passes to build command and state separately. At this point
  * the size of both are known and it compacts them by relocating the state
- * right after the commands taking care of aligment so we should sufficient
+ * right after the commands taking care of alignment so we should sufficient
  * space below them for adding new commands.
  */
 #define OUT_BATCH(batch, i, val)				\
diff --git a/drivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_pci.c b/drivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_pci.c
index 949c016..7c7c71f 100644
--- a/drivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_pci.c
+++ b/drivers/gpu/drm/i915/i915_pci.c
@@ -465,8 +465,8 @@ static int __init i915_init(void)
 	bool use_kms = true;
 
 	/*
-	 * Enable KMS by default, unless explicitly overriden by
-	 * either the i915.modeset prarameter or by the
+	 * Enable KMS by default, unless explicitly overridden by
+	 * either the i915.modeset parameter or by the
 	 * vga_text_mode_force boot option.
 	 */
 
diff --git a/drivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_display.c b/drivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_display.c
index 175595f..eeb9688 100644
--- a/drivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_display.c
+++ b/drivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_display.c
@@ -5862,7 +5862,7 @@ static void skl_sanitize_cdclk(struct drm_i915_private *dev_priv)
 	uint32_t cdctl, expected;
 
 	/*
-	 * check if the pre-os intialized the display
+	 * check if the pre-os initialized the display
 	 * There is SWF18 scratchpad register defined which is set by the
 	 * pre-os which can be used by the OS drivers to check the status
 	 */
diff --git a/drivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_lrc.c b/drivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_lrc.c
index 414ddda..4a60e86 100644
--- a/drivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_lrc.c
+++ b/drivers/gpu/drm/i915/intel_lrc.c
@@ -1968,7 +1968,7 @@ void intel_logical_ring_cleanup(struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
 static void
 logical_ring_default_vfuncs(struct intel_engine_cs *engine)
 {
-	/* Default vfuncs which can be overriden by each engine. */
+	/* Default vfuncs which can be overridden by each engine. */
 	engine->init_hw = gen8_init_common_ring;
 	engine->emit_request = gen8_emit_request;
 	engine->emit_flush = gen8_emit_flush;
diff --git a/drivers/gpu/drm/nouveau/nouveau_bios.c b/drivers/gpu/drm/nouveau/nouveau_bios.c
index a1570b1..79308b9 100644
--- a/drivers/gpu/drm/nouveau/nouveau_bios.c
+++ b/drivers/gpu/drm/nouveau/nouveau_bios.c
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ get_fp_strap(struct drm_device *dev, struct nvbios *bios)
 	/*
 	 * The fp strap is normally dictated by the "User Strap" in
 	 * PEXTDEV_BOOT_0[20:16], but on BMP cards when bit 2 of the
-	 * Internal_Flags struct at 0x48 is set, the user strap gets overriden
+	 * Internal_Flags struct at 0x48 is set, the user strap gets overridden
 	 * by the PCI subsystem ID during POST, but not before the previous user
 	 * strap has been committed to CR58 for CR57=0xf on head A, which may be
 	 * read and used instead
diff --git a/drivers/gpu/drm/nouveau/nvkm/engine/gr/ctxnv50.c b/drivers/gpu/drm/nouveau/nvkm/engine/gr/ctxnv50.c
index 1e13278..5c0685a 100644
--- a/drivers/gpu/drm/nouveau/nvkm/engine/gr/ctxnv50.c
+++ b/drivers/gpu/drm/nouveau/nvkm/engine/gr/ctxnv50.c
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
  * The ctxprog is written in its own kind of microcode, with very small and
  * crappy set of available commands. You upload it to a small [512 insns]
  * area of memory on PGRAPH, and it'll be run when PFIFO wants PGRAPH to
- * switch channel. or when the driver explicitely requests it. Stuff visible
+ * switch channel. or when the driver explicitly requests it. Stuff visible
  * to ctxprog consists of: PGRAPH MMIO registers, PGRAPH context strands,
  * the per-channel context save area in VRAM [known as ctxvals or grctx],
  * 4 flags registers, a scratch register, two grctx pointers, plus many
diff --git a/drivers/gpu/drm/radeon/atombios.h b/drivers/gpu/drm/radeon/atombios.h
index ab89eed..1a32194 100644
--- a/drivers/gpu/drm/radeon/atombios.h
+++ b/drivers/gpu/drm/radeon/atombios.h
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@
 #define HW_ASSISTED_I2C_STATUS_FAILURE          2
 #define HW_ASSISTED_I2C_STATUS_SUCCESS          1
 
-#pragma pack(1)                                       /* BIOS data must use byte aligment */
+#pragma pack(1)                                       /* BIOS data must use byte alignment */
 
 /*  Define offset to location of ROM header. */
 
@@ -1711,9 +1711,9 @@ typedef struct _PIXEL_CLOCK_PARAMETERS_V6
 #define PIXEL_CLOCK_V6_MISC_HDMI_BPP_MASK           0x0c
 #define PIXEL_CLOCK_V6_MISC_HDMI_24BPP              0x00
 #define PIXEL_CLOCK_V6_MISC_HDMI_36BPP              0x04
-#define PIXEL_CLOCK_V6_MISC_HDMI_36BPP_V6           0x08    //for V6, the correct defintion for 36bpp should be 2 for 36bpp(2:1)
+#define PIXEL_CLOCK_V6_MISC_HDMI_36BPP_V6           0x08    //for V6, the correct definition for 36bpp should be 2 for 36bpp(2:1)
 #define PIXEL_CLOCK_V6_MISC_HDMI_30BPP              0x08
-#define PIXEL_CLOCK_V6_MISC_HDMI_30BPP_V6           0x04    //for V6, the correct defintion for 30bpp should be 1 for 36bpp(5:4)
+#define PIXEL_CLOCK_V6_MISC_HDMI_30BPP_V6           0x04    //for V6, the correct definition for 30bpp should be 1 for 36bpp(5:4)
 #define PIXEL_CLOCK_V6_MISC_HDMI_48BPP              0x0c
 #define PIXEL_CLOCK_V6_MISC_REF_DIV_SRC             0x10
 #define PIXEL_CLOCK_V6_MISC_GEN_DPREFCLK            0x40
@@ -1827,7 +1827,7 @@ typedef struct _GET_ENGINE_CLOCK_PARAMETERS
 // Following Structures and constant may be obsolete
 /****************************************************************************/	
 //Maxium 8 bytes,the data read in will be placed in the parameter space.
-//Read operaion successeful when the paramter space is non-zero, otherwise read operation failed
+//Read operaion successeful when the parameter space is non-zero, otherwise read operation failed
 typedef struct _READ_EDID_FROM_HW_I2C_DATA_PARAMETERS
 {
   USHORT    usPrescale;         //Ratio between Engine clock and I2C clock
@@ -2036,7 +2036,7 @@ typedef struct _LVDS_ENCODER_CONTROL_PARAMETERS
 typedef struct _LVDS_ENCODER_CONTROL_PARAMETERS_V2
 {
   USHORT usPixelClock;  // in 10KHz; for bios convenient
-  UCHAR  ucMisc;        // see PANEL_ENCODER_MISC_xx defintions below
+  UCHAR  ucMisc;        // see PANEL_ENCODER_MISC_xx definitions below
   UCHAR  ucAction;      // 0: turn off encoder
                         // 1: setup and turn on encoder
   UCHAR  ucTruncate;    // bit0=0: Disable truncate
@@ -2244,10 +2244,10 @@ typedef struct	_SET_VOLTAGE_PARAMETERS_V1_3
 #define ATOM_INIT_VOLTAGE_REGULATOR          3        //Init Regulator
 #define ATOM_SET_VOLTAGE_PHASE               4        //Set Vregulator Phase, only for SVID/PVID regulator
 #define ATOM_GET_MAX_VOLTAGE                 6        //Get Max Voltage, not used from SetVoltageTable v1.3
-#define ATOM_GET_VOLTAGE_LEVEL               6        //Get Voltage level from vitual voltage ID, not used for SetVoltage v1.4
+#define ATOM_GET_VOLTAGE_LEVEL               6        //Get Voltage level from virtual voltage ID, not used for SetVoltage v1.4
 #define ATOM_GET_LEAKAGE_ID                  8        //Get Leakage Voltage Id ( starting from SMU7x IP ), SetVoltage v1.4 
 
-// define vitual voltage id in usVoltageLevel
+// define virtual voltage id in usVoltageLevel
 #define ATOM_VIRTUAL_VOLTAGE_ID0             0xff01
 #define ATOM_VIRTUAL_VOLTAGE_ID1             0xff02
 #define ATOM_VIRTUAL_VOLTAGE_ID2             0xff03
@@ -3599,7 +3599,7 @@ typedef struct  _ATOM_LCD_RTS_RECORD
   UCHAR     ucRTSValue;
 }ATOM_LCD_RTS_RECORD;
 
-//!! If the record below exits, it shoud always be the first record for easy use in command table!!! 
+//!! If the record below exits, it should always be the first record for easy use in command table!!!
 // The record below is only used when LVDS_Info is present. From ATOM_LVDS_INFO_V12, use ucLCDPanel_SpecialHandlingCap instead.
 typedef struct  _ATOM_LCD_MODE_CONTROL_CAP
 {
@@ -3883,7 +3883,7 @@ typedef struct _ATOM_GPIO_PIN_ASSIGNMENT
 }ATOM_GPIO_PIN_ASSIGNMENT;
 
 //ucGPIO_ID pre-define id for multiple usage
-//from SMU7.x, if ucGPIO_ID=PP_AC_DC_SWITCH_GPIO_PINID in GPIO_LUTTable, AC/DC swithing feature is enable
+//from SMU7.x, if ucGPIO_ID=PP_AC_DC_SWITCH_GPIO_PINID in GPIO_LUTTable, AC/DC switching feature is enable
 #define PP_AC_DC_SWITCH_GPIO_PINID          60
 //from SMU7.x, if ucGPIO_ID=VDDC_REGULATOR_VRHOT_GPIO_PINID in GPIO_LUTable, VRHot feature is enable
 #define VDDC_VRHOT_GPIO_PINID               61
@@ -4571,7 +4571,7 @@ typedef struct _ATOM_VOLTAGE_OBJECT_HEADER_V3{
 
 // ATOM_VOLTAGE_OBJECT_HEADER_V3.ucVoltageMode
 #define VOLTAGE_OBJ_GPIO_LUT                 0        //VOLTAGE and GPIO Lookup table ->ATOM_GPIO_VOLTAGE_OBJECT_V3
-#define VOLTAGE_OBJ_VR_I2C_INIT_SEQ          3        //VOLTAGE REGULATOR INIT sequece through I2C -> ATOM_I2C_VOLTAGE_OBJECT_V3
+#define VOLTAGE_OBJ_VR_I2C_INIT_SEQ          3        //VOLTAGE REGULATOR INIT sequence through I2C -> ATOM_I2C_VOLTAGE_OBJECT_V3
 #define VOLTAGE_OBJ_PHASE_LUT                4        //Set Vregulator Phase lookup table ->ATOM_GPIO_VOLTAGE_OBJECT_V3
 #define VOLTAGE_OBJ_SVID2                    7        //Indicate voltage control by SVID2 ->ATOM_SVID2_VOLTAGE_OBJECT_V3
 #define VOLTAGE_OBJ_EVV                      8 
@@ -4611,7 +4611,7 @@ typedef struct  _ATOM_GPIO_VOLTAGE_OBJECT_V3
 {
    ATOM_VOLTAGE_OBJECT_HEADER_V3 sHeader;   // voltage mode = VOLTAGE_OBJ_GPIO_LUT or VOLTAGE_OBJ_PHASE_LUT
    UCHAR    ucVoltageGpioCntlId;         // default is 0 which indicate control through CG VID mode 
-   UCHAR    ucGpioEntryNum;              // indiate the entry numbers of Votlage/Gpio value Look up table
+   UCHAR    ucGpioEntryNum;              // indicate the entry numbers of Votlage/Gpio value Look up table
    UCHAR    ucPhaseDelay;                // phase delay in unit of micro second
    UCHAR    ucReserved;   
    ULONG    ulGpioMaskVal;               // GPIO Mask value
@@ -4926,7 +4926,7 @@ ucUMAChannelNumber:      	        System memory channel numbers.
 ulCSR_M3_ARB_CNTL_DEFAULT[10]:    Arrays with values for CSR M3 arbiter for default
 ulCSR_M3_ARB_CNTL_UVD[10]:        Arrays with values for CSR M3 arbiter for UVD playback.
 ulCSR_M3_ARB_CNTL_FS3D[10]:       Arrays with values for CSR M3 arbiter for Full Screen 3D applications.
-sAvail_SCLK[5]:                   Arrays to provide availabe list of SLCK and corresponding voltage, order from low to high  
+sAvail_SCLK[5]:                   Arrays to provide available list of SLCK and corresponding voltage, order from low to high
 ulGMCRestoreResetTime:            GMC power restore and GMC reset time to calculate data reconnection latency. Unit in ns. 
 ulMinimumNClk:                    Minimum NCLK speed among all NB-Pstates to calcualte data reconnection latency. Unit in 10kHz. 
 ulIdleNClk:                       NCLK speed while memory runs in self-refresh state. Unit in 10kHz.
@@ -5152,7 +5152,7 @@ ucUMAChannelNumber:      	        System memory channel numbers.
 ulCSR_M3_ARB_CNTL_DEFAULT[10]:    Arrays with values for CSR M3 arbiter for default
 ulCSR_M3_ARB_CNTL_UVD[10]:        Arrays with values for CSR M3 arbiter for UVD playback.
 ulCSR_M3_ARB_CNTL_FS3D[10]:       Arrays with values for CSR M3 arbiter for Full Screen 3D applications.
-sAvail_SCLK[5]:                   Arrays to provide availabe list of SLCK and corresponding voltage, order from low to high  
+sAvail_SCLK[5]:                   Arrays to provide available list of SLCK and corresponding voltage, order from low to high
 ulGMCRestoreResetTime:            GMC power restore and GMC reset time to calculate data reconnection latency. Unit in ns. 
 ulMinimumNClk:                    Minimum NCLK speed among all NB-Pstates to calcualte data reconnection latency. Unit in 10kHz. 
 ulIdleNClk:                       NCLK speed while memory runs in self-refresh state. Unit in 10kHz.
@@ -5351,7 +5351,7 @@ ucUMAChannelNumber:      	        System memory channel numbers.
 
 strVBIOSMsg[40]:                  VBIOS boot up customized message string 
 
-sAvail_SCLK[5]:                   Arrays to provide availabe list of SLCK and corresponding voltage, order from low to high  
+sAvail_SCLK[5]:                   Arrays to provide available list of SLCK and corresponding voltage, order from low to high
 
 ulGMCRestoreResetTime:            GMC power restore and GMC reset time to calculate data reconnection latency. Unit in ns. 
 ulIdleNClk:                       NCLK speed while memory runs in self-refresh state, used to calculate self-refresh latency. Unit in 10kHz.
@@ -7909,7 +7909,7 @@ typedef struct  _ATOM_POWERPLAY_INFO_V3
 
 /*********************************************************************************/
 
-#pragma pack() // BIOS data must use byte aligment
+#pragma pack() /* BIOS data must use byte alignment */
 
 //
 // AMD ACPI Table
diff --git a/drivers/hid/hid-appleir.c b/drivers/hid/hid-appleir.c
index 07cbc70..53eb434 100644
--- a/drivers/hid/hid-appleir.c
+++ b/drivers/hid/hid-appleir.c
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ struct appleir {
 static int get_key(int data)
 {
 	/*
-	 * The key is coded accross bits 2..9:
+	 * The key is coded across bits 2..9:
 	 *
 	 * 0x00 or 0x01 (        )	key:  0		-> KEY_RESERVED
 	 * 0x02 or 0x03 (  menu  )	key:  1		-> KEY_MENU
diff --git a/drivers/hid/hid-logitech-hidpp.c b/drivers/hid/hid-logitech-hidpp.c
index 2e2515a..e621c56 100644
--- a/drivers/hid/hid-logitech-hidpp.c
+++ b/drivers/hid/hid-logitech-hidpp.c
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ MODULE_PARM_DESC(disable_tap_to_click,
  * where as most newer devices use the FAP protocol. Both protocols are
  * compatible with the underlying transport, which could be usb, Unifiying, or
  * bluetooth. The message lengths are defined by the hid vendor specific report
- * descriptor for the HIDPP_SHORT report type (total message lenth 7 bytes) and
+ * descriptor for the HIDPP_SHORT report type (total message length 7 bytes) and
  * the HIDPP_LONG report type (total message length 20 bytes)
  *
  * The RAP protocol uses both report types, whereas the FAP only uses HIDPP_LONG
@@ -1822,7 +1822,7 @@ static int m560_input_mapping(struct hid_device *hdev, struct hid_input *hi,
 /*
  * The Logitech K400 keyboard has an embedded touchpad which is seen
  * as a mouse from the OS point of view. There is a hardware shortcut to disable
- * tap-to-click but the setting is not remembered accross reset, annoying some
+ * tap-to-click but the setting is not remembered across reset, annoying some
  * users.
  *
  * We can toggle this feature from the host by using the feature 0x6010:
diff --git a/drivers/hsi/controllers/omap_ssi_port.c b/drivers/hsi/controllers/omap_ssi_port.c
index 7765de2..7dd37f0 100644
--- a/drivers/hsi/controllers/omap_ssi_port.c
+++ b/drivers/hsi/controllers/omap_ssi_port.c
@@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ static irqreturn_t ssi_wake_thread(int irq __maybe_unused, void *ssi_port)
 		 * In such a case if we have long interrupt latencies,
 		 * we can miss the low event or get twice a high event.
 		 * This workaround will avoid breaking the clock reference
-		 * count when such a situation ocurrs.
+		 * count when such a situation occurs.
 		 */
 		if (!test_and_set_bit(SSI_WAKE_EN, &omap_port->flags))
 			pm_runtime_get_sync(omap_port->pdev);
diff --git a/drivers/hwmon/abituguru.c b/drivers/hwmon/abituguru.c
index 7a09c16..00125b7 100644
--- a/drivers/hwmon/abituguru.c
+++ b/drivers/hwmon/abituguru.c
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ abituguru_detect_bank1_sensor_type(struct abituguru_data *data,
 	u8 val, test_flag, buf[3];
 	int i, ret = -ENODEV; /* error is the most common used retval :| */
 
-	/* If overriden by the user return the user selected type */
+	/* If overridden by the user return the user selected type */
 	if (bank1_types[sensor_addr] >= ABIT_UGURU_IN_SENSOR &&
 			bank1_types[sensor_addr] <= ABIT_UGURU_NC) {
 		ABIT_UGURU_DEBUG(2, "assuming sensor type %d for bank1 sensor "
@@ -1275,7 +1275,7 @@ static int abituguru_probe(struct platform_device *pdev)
 
 	/*
 	 * El weirdo probe order, to keep the sysfs order identical to the
-	 * BIOS and window-appliction listing order.
+	 * BIOS and window-application listing order.
 	 */
 	const u8 probe_order[ABIT_UGURU_MAX_BANK1_SENSORS] = {
 		0x00, 0x01, 0x03, 0x04, 0x0A, 0x08, 0x0E, 0x02,
diff --git a/drivers/i2c/busses/i2c-nomadik.c b/drivers/i2c/busses/i2c-nomadik.c
index bcd17e8..dabe496 100644
--- a/drivers/i2c/busses/i2c-nomadik.c
+++ b/drivers/i2c/busses/i2c-nomadik.c
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ struct i2c_nmk_client {
  * @sm: speed mode
  * @stop: stop condition.
  * @xfer_complete: acknowledge completion for a I2C message.
- * @result: controller propogated result.
+ * @result: controller propagated result.
  */
 struct nmk_i2c_dev {
 	struct i2c_vendor_data		*vendor;
diff --git a/drivers/infiniband/core/uverbs_main.c b/drivers/infiniband/core/uverbs_main.c
index 0012fa5..5d8c66a 100644
--- a/drivers/infiniband/core/uverbs_main.c
+++ b/drivers/infiniband/core/uverbs_main.c
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ static ssize_t ib_uverbs_event_read(struct file *filp, char __user *buf,
 		if (wait_event_interruptible(file->poll_wait,
 					     (!list_empty(&file->event_list) ||
 			/* The barriers built into wait_event_interruptible()
-			 * and wake_up() guarentee this will see the null set
+			 * and wake_up() guarantee this will see the null set
 			 * without using RCU
 			 */
 					     !file->uverbs_file->device->ib_dev)))
diff --git a/drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/odp.c b/drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/odp.c
index 34e79e7..33e1bb3 100644
--- a/drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/odp.c
+++ b/drivers/infiniband/hw/mlx5/odp.c
@@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ void mlx5_ib_qp_disable_pagefaults(struct mlx5_ib_qp *qp)
 	spin_unlock_irqrestore(&qp->disable_page_faults_lock, flags);
 
 	/*
-	 * Note that at this point, we are guarenteed that no more
+	 * Note that at this point, we are guaranteed that no more
 	 * work queue elements will be posted to the work queue with
 	 * the QP we are closing.
 	 */
diff --git a/drivers/infiniband/hw/qib/qib_common.h b/drivers/infiniband/hw/qib/qib_common.h
index 1d6e63e..4c80ba3 100644
--- a/drivers/infiniband/hw/qib/qib_common.h
+++ b/drivers/infiniband/hw/qib/qib_common.h
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ enum qib_ureg {
  * open to get implementation-specific info, and info specific to this
  * instance.
  *
- * This struct must have explict pad fields where type sizes
+ * This struct must have explicit pad fields where type sizes
  * may result in different alignments between 32 and 64 bit
  * programs, since the 64 bit * bit kernel requires the user code
  * to have matching offsets
diff --git a/drivers/infiniband/hw/qib/qib_sd7220.c b/drivers/infiniband/hw/qib/qib_sd7220.c
index c72775f..7c356f6 100644
--- a/drivers/infiniband/hw/qib/qib_sd7220.c
+++ b/drivers/infiniband/hw/qib/qib_sd7220.c
@@ -1128,7 +1128,7 @@ static int qib_sd_setvals(struct qib_devdata *dd)
  * be the location in some channel of the register to be modified
  * The caller can specify use of the "gang write" option of EPB,
  * in which case we use the specified channel data for any fields
- * not explicitely written.
+ * not explicitly written.
  */
 static int ibsd_mod_allchnls(struct qib_devdata *dd, int loc, int val,
 			     int mask)
diff --git a/drivers/infiniband/ulp/iser/iscsi_iser.c b/drivers/infiniband/ulp/iser/iscsi_iser.c
index 64b3d11..cf3e2d1 100644
--- a/drivers/infiniband/ulp/iser/iscsi_iser.c
+++ b/drivers/infiniband/ulp/iser/iscsi_iser.c
@@ -395,10 +395,10 @@ static void iscsi_iser_cleanup_task(struct iscsi_task *task)
  * @task:     iscsi task
  * @sector:   error sector if exsists (output)
  *
- * Return: zero if no data-integrity errors have occured
- *         0x1: data-integrity error occured in the guard-block
- *         0x2: data-integrity error occured in the reference tag
- *         0x3: data-integrity error occured in the application tag
+ * Return: zero if no data-integrity errors have occurred
+ *         0x1: data-integrity error occurred in the guard-block
+ *         0x2: data-integrity error occurred in the reference tag
+ *         0x3: data-integrity error occurred in the application tag
  *
  *         In addition the error sector is marked.
  */
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ out:
  * iscsi_iser_conn_start() - start iscsi-iser connection
  * @cls_conn: iscsi class connection
  *
- * Notes: Here iser intialize (or re-initialize) stop_completion as
+ * Notes: Here iser initialize (or re-initialize) stop_completion as
  *        from this point iscsi must call conn_stop in session/connection
  *        teardown so iser transport must wait for it.
  */
diff --git a/drivers/iommu/dmar.c b/drivers/iommu/dmar.c
index 58470f5..c2db414 100644
--- a/drivers/iommu/dmar.c
+++ b/drivers/iommu/dmar.c
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ struct dmar_res_callback {
 
 /*
  * Assumptions:
- * 1) The hotplug framework guarentees that DMAR unit will be hot-added
+ * 1) The hotplug framework guarantees that DMAR unit will be hot-added
  *    before IO devices managed by that unit.
  * 2) The hotplug framework guarantees that DMAR unit will be hot-removed
  *    after IO devices managed by that unit.
diff --git a/drivers/isdn/mISDN/dsp_core.c b/drivers/isdn/mISDN/dsp_core.c
index 0222b1a..9b85295 100644
--- a/drivers/isdn/mISDN/dsp_core.c
+++ b/drivers/isdn/mISDN/dsp_core.c
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
  *
  * The CMX has special functions for conferences with one, two and more
  * members. It will allow different types of data flow. Receive and transmit
- * data to/form upper layer may be swithed on/off individually without losing
+ * data to/form upper layer may be switched on/off individually without losing
  * features of CMX, Tones and DTMF.
  *
  * Echo Cancellation: Sometimes we like to cancel echo from the interface.
diff --git a/drivers/macintosh/via-pmu.c b/drivers/macintosh/via-pmu.c
index f8b6d14..307b1d9 100644
--- a/drivers/macintosh/via-pmu.c
+++ b/drivers/macintosh/via-pmu.c
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ static int __init via_pmu_start(void)
 	/* Make sure PMU settle down before continuing. This is _very_ important
 	 * since the IDE probe may shut interrupts down for quite a bit of time. If
 	 * a PMU communication is pending while this happens, the PMU may timeout
-	 * Not that on Core99 machines, the PMU keeps sending us environement
+	 * Not that on Core99 machines, the PMU keeps sending us environment
 	 * messages, we should find a way to either fix IDE or make it call
 	 * pmu_suspend() before masking interrupts. This can also happens while
 	 * scolling with some fbdevs.
diff --git a/drivers/mailbox/pl320-ipc.c b/drivers/mailbox/pl320-ipc.c
index 2dbed87..66d0f5f 100644
--- a/drivers/mailbox/pl320-ipc.c
+++ b/drivers/mailbox/pl320-ipc.c
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ static u32 __ipc_rcv(int mbox, u32 *data)
 	return data[1];
 }
 
-/* blocking implmentation from the A9 side, not usuable in interrupts! */
+/* blocking implementation from the A9 side, not usuable in interrupts! */
 int pl320_ipc_transmit(u32 *data)
 {
 	int ret;
diff --git a/drivers/md/Kconfig b/drivers/md/Kconfig
index 02a5345..3980ba8 100644
--- a/drivers/md/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/md/Kconfig
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ config DM_MQ_DEFAULT
 	  This option enables the blk-mq based I/O path for request-based
 	  DM devices by default.  With the option the dm_mod.use_blk_mq
 	  module/boot option defaults to Y, without it to N, but it can
-	  still be overriden either way.
+	  still be overridden either way.
 
 	  If unsure say N.
 
diff --git a/drivers/md/bcache/stats.c b/drivers/md/bcache/stats.c
index 0ca072c..140f6b1 100644
--- a/drivers/md/bcache/stats.c
+++ b/drivers/md/bcache/stats.c
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
 #include "sysfs.h"
 
 /*
- * We keep absolute totals of various statistics, and addionally a set of three
+ * We keep absolute totals of various statistics, and additionally a set of three
  * rolling averages.
  *
  * Every so often, a timer goes off and rescales the rolling averages.
diff --git a/drivers/media/dvb-frontends/drx39xyj/drx_dap_fasi.h b/drivers/media/dvb-frontends/drx39xyj/drx_dap_fasi.h
index 354ec07..4f9b299 100644
--- a/drivers/media/dvb-frontends/drx39xyj/drx_dap_fasi.h
+++ b/drivers/media/dvb-frontends/drx39xyj/drx_dap_fasi.h
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
 *  + single master mode means no use of repeated starts
 *  + multi master mode means use of repeated starts
 *  Default is single master.
-*  Default can be overriden by setting the compile switch DRXDAP_SINGLE_MASTER.
+*  Default can be overridden by setting the compile switch DRXDAP_SINGLE_MASTER.
 *
 * Slave:
 * Single/multi master selected via the flags in the FASI protocol.
diff --git a/drivers/media/dvb-frontends/drx39xyj/drx_driver.h b/drivers/media/dvb-frontends/drx39xyj/drx_driver.h
index 9076bf2..b630834 100644
--- a/drivers/media/dvb-frontends/drx39xyj/drx_driver.h
+++ b/drivers/media/dvb-frontends/drx39xyj/drx_driver.h
@@ -256,8 +256,7 @@ int drxbsp_tuner_default_i2c_write_read(struct tuner_instance *tuner,
 *
 * The actual DAP implementation may be restricted to only one of the modes.
 * A compiler warning or error will be generated if the DAP implementation
-* overides or cannot handle the mode defined below.
-*
+* overrides or cannot handle the mode defined below.
 */
 #ifndef DRXDAP_SINGLE_MASTER
 #define DRXDAP_SINGLE_MASTER 1
@@ -272,7 +271,7 @@ int drxbsp_tuner_default_i2c_write_read(struct tuner_instance *tuner,
 *
 * This maximum size may be restricted by the actual DAP implementation.
 * A compiler warning or error will be generated if the DAP implementation
-* overides or cannot handle the chunksize defined below.
+* overrides or cannot handle the chunksize defined below.
 *
 * Beware that the DAP uses  DRXDAP_MAX_WCHUNKSIZE to create a temporary data
 * buffer. Do not undefine or choose too large, unless your system is able to
@@ -292,8 +291,7 @@ int drxbsp_tuner_default_i2c_write_read(struct tuner_instance *tuner,
 *
 * This maximum size may be restricted by the actual DAP implementation.
 * A compiler warning or error will be generated if the DAP implementation
-* overides or cannot handle the chunksize defined below.
-*
+* overrides or cannot handle the chunksize defined below.
 */
 #ifndef DRXDAP_MAX_RCHUNKSIZE
 #define  DRXDAP_MAX_RCHUNKSIZE 60
@@ -1001,7 +999,7 @@ struct drx_filter_info {
 * \struct struct drx_channel * \brief The set of parameters describing a single channel.
 *
 * Used by DRX_CTRL_SET_CHANNEL and DRX_CTRL_GET_CHANNEL.
-* Only certain fields need to be used for a specfic standard.
+* Only certain fields need to be used for a specific standard.
 *
 */
 struct drx_channel {
@@ -1317,9 +1315,9 @@ struct drx_version_list {
 		DRX_MPEG_STR_WIDTH_8
 	};
 
-/* CTRL CFG MPEG ouput */
+/* CTRL CFG MPEG output */
 /**
-* \struct struct drx_cfg_mpeg_output * \brief Configuartion parameters for MPEG output control.
+* \struct struct drx_cfg_mpeg_output * \brief Configuration parameters for MPEG output control.
 *
 * Used by DRX_CFG_MPEG_OUTPUT, in combination with DRX_CTRL_SET_CFG and
 * DRX_CTRL_GET_CFG.
diff --git a/drivers/media/i2c/adv7183_regs.h b/drivers/media/i2c/adv7183_regs.h
index b253d40..abe8599 100644
--- a/drivers/media/i2c/adv7183_regs.h
+++ b/drivers/media/i2c/adv7183_regs.h
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
 #define ADV7183_LETTERBOX_3        0x9D /* Letterbox 3 */
 #define ADV7183_CRC_EN             0xB2 /* CRC enable */
 #define ADV7183_ADC_SWITCH_1       0xC3 /* ADC switch 1 */
-#define ADV7183_ADC_SWITCH_2       0xC4 /* ADC swithc 2 */
+#define ADV7183_ADC_SWITCH_2       0xC4 /* ADC switch 2 */
 #define ADV7183_LETTERBOX_CTRL_1   0xDC /* Letterbox control 1 */
 #define ADV7183_LETTERBOX_CTRL_2   0xDD /* Letterbox control 2 */
 #define ADV7183_SD_OFFSET_CB       0xE1 /* SD offset Cb */
diff --git a/drivers/media/pci/bt8xx/bttv-audio-hook.c b/drivers/media/pci/bt8xx/bttv-audio-hook.c
index 9f1f9169..38fe3cd 100644
--- a/drivers/media/pci/bt8xx/bttv-audio-hook.c
+++ b/drivers/media/pci/bt8xx/bttv-audio-hook.c
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Handlers for board audio hooks, splitted from bttv-cards
+ * Handlers for board audio hooks, split from bttv-cards
  *
  * Copyright (c) 2006 Mauro Carvalho Chehab (mchehab@infradead.org)
  * This code is placed under the terms of the GNU General Public License
diff --git a/drivers/media/pci/bt8xx/bttv-audio-hook.h b/drivers/media/pci/bt8xx/bttv-audio-hook.h
index 159d07a..008a481 100644
--- a/drivers/media/pci/bt8xx/bttv-audio-hook.h
+++ b/drivers/media/pci/bt8xx/bttv-audio-hook.h
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /*
- * Handlers for board audio hooks, splitted from bttv-cards
+ * Handlers for board audio hooks, split from bttv-cards
  *
  * Copyright (c) 2006 Mauro Carvalho Chehab (mchehab@infradead.org)
  * This code is placed under the terms of the GNU General Public License
diff --git a/drivers/media/pci/bt8xx/bttv-risc.c b/drivers/media/pci/bt8xx/bttv-risc.c
index 3859dde..b264832 100644
--- a/drivers/media/pci/bt8xx/bttv-risc.c
+++ b/drivers/media/pci/bt8xx/bttv-risc.c
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ bttv_risc_packed(struct bttv *btv, struct btcx_riscmem *risc,
 			*(rp++)=cpu_to_le32(sg_dma_address(sg)+offset);
 			offset+=bpl;
 		} else {
-			/* scanline needs to be splitted */
+			/* scanline needs to be split */
 			todo = bpl;
 			*(rp++)=cpu_to_le32(BT848_RISC_WRITE|BT848_RISC_SOL|
 					    (sg_dma_len(sg)-offset));
diff --git a/drivers/media/pci/ivtv/ivtv-yuv.c b/drivers/media/pci/ivtv/ivtv-yuv.c
index b094054..0d4c47c 100644
--- a/drivers/media/pci/ivtv/ivtv-yuv.c
+++ b/drivers/media/pci/ivtv/ivtv-yuv.c
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ static int ivtv_yuv_prep_user_dma(struct ivtv *itv, struct ivtv_user_dma *dma,
 			/*
 			 * Inherit the -EFAULT from rc's
 			 * initialization, but allow it to be
-			 * overriden by uv_pages above if it was an
+			 * overridden by uv_pages above if it was an
 			 * actual errno.
 			 */
 		} else {
diff --git a/drivers/media/platform/exynos4-is/fimc-core.h b/drivers/media/platform/exynos4-is/fimc-core.h
index 5615fef..c0373ae 100644
--- a/drivers/media/platform/exynos4-is/fimc-core.h
+++ b/drivers/media/platform/exynos4-is/fimc-core.h
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ struct fimc_pix_limit {
  * @pix_limit: pixel size constraints for the scaler
  * @min_inp_pixsize: minimum input pixel size
  * @min_out_pixsize: minimum output pixel size
- * @hor_offs_align: horizontal pixel offset aligment
+ * @hor_offs_align: horizontal pixel offset alignment
  * @min_vsize_align: minimum vertical pixel size alignment
  */
 struct fimc_variant {
diff --git a/drivers/media/rc/img-ir/img-ir-hw.c b/drivers/media/rc/img-ir/img-ir-hw.c
index 7bb71bc..70d4610 100644
--- a/drivers/media/rc/img-ir/img-ir-hw.c
+++ b/drivers/media/rc/img-ir/img-ir-hw.c
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ unlock:
 }
 
 /**
- * img_ir_decoder_compatable() - Find whether a decoder will work with a device.
+ * img_ir_decoder_compatible() - Find whether a decoder will work with a device.
  * @priv:	IR private data.
  * @dec:	Decoder to check.
  *
diff --git a/drivers/media/usb/dvb-usb-v2/mxl111sf-i2c.c b/drivers/media/usb/dvb-usb-v2/mxl111sf-i2c.c
index 283495c..01d98d6 100644
--- a/drivers/media/usb/dvb-usb-v2/mxl111sf-i2c.c
+++ b/drivers/media/usb/dvb-usb-v2/mxl111sf-i2c.c
@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ exit:
 	buf[0] = USB_WRITE_I2C_CMD;
 	buf[1] = 0x00;
 
-	/* de-initilize I2C BUS */
+	/* de-initialize I2C BUS */
 	buf[5] = USB_END_I2C_CMD;
 	mxl111sf_i2c_send_data(state, 0, buf);
 
@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ exit:
 	buf[6] = 0x00;
 	buf[7] = 0x00;
 
-	/* de-initilize I2C BUS */
+	/* de-initialize I2C BUS */
 	buf[8] = USB_END_I2C_CMD;
 	mxl111sf_i2c_send_data(state, 0, buf);
 
diff --git a/drivers/media/usb/gspca/sonixj.c b/drivers/media/usb/gspca/sonixj.c
index fd1c870..3fcbe04 100644
--- a/drivers/media/usb/gspca/sonixj.c
+++ b/drivers/media/usb/gspca/sonixj.c
@@ -2684,7 +2684,7 @@ static void sd_pkt_scan(struct gspca_dev *gspca_dev,
 	 * which is 62 bytes long and is followed by various information
 	 * including statuses and luminosity.
 	 *
-	 * A marker may be splitted on two packets.
+	 * A marker may be split on two packets.
 	 *
 	 * The 6th byte of a marker contains the bits:
 	 *	0x08: USB full
diff --git a/drivers/media/usb/gspca/t613.c b/drivers/media/usb/gspca/t613.c
index bb52fc1..4753ccb 100644
--- a/drivers/media/usb/gspca/t613.c
+++ b/drivers/media/usb/gspca/t613.c
@@ -574,10 +574,12 @@ static void setfreq(struct gspca_dev *gspca_dev, s32 val)
 /* this function is called at probe and resume time */
 static int sd_init(struct gspca_dev *gspca_dev)
 {
-	/* some of this registers are not really neded, because
-	 * they are overriden by setbrigthness, setcontrast, etc,
-	 * but wont hurt anyway, and can help someone with similar webcam
-	 * to see the initial parameters.*/
+	/*
+	 * some of this registers are not really needed, because
+	 * they are overridden by setbrightness, setcontrast, etc,
+	 * but won't hurt anyway, and can help someone with similar webcam
+	 * to see the initial parameters.
+	 */
 	struct sd *sd = (struct sd *) gspca_dev;
 	const struct additional_sensor_data *sensor;
 	int i;
diff --git a/drivers/media/usb/ttusb-budget/dvb-ttusb-budget.c b/drivers/media/usb/ttusb-budget/dvb-ttusb-budget.c
index d52d4a8..966573c 100644
--- a/drivers/media/usb/ttusb-budget/dvb-ttusb-budget.c
+++ b/drivers/media/usb/ttusb-budget/dvb-ttusb-budget.c
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ static int ttusb_boot_dsp(struct ttusb *ttusb)
 	b[3] = 28;
 
 	/* upload dsp code in 32 byte steps (36 didn't work for me ...) */
-	/* 32 is max packet size, no messages should be splitted. */
+	/* 32 is max packet size, no messages should be split. */
 	for (i = 0; i < fw->size; i += 28) {
 		memcpy(&b[4], &fw->data[i], 28);
 
diff --git a/drivers/media/usb/usbvision/usbvision-core.c b/drivers/media/usb/usbvision/usbvision-core.c
index 52ac439..0c98417 100644
--- a/drivers/media/usb/usbvision/usbvision-core.c
+++ b/drivers/media/usb/usbvision/usbvision-core.c
@@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ static enum parse_state usbvision_parse_lines_420(struct usb_usbvision *usbvisio
 	if ((frame->curline + 1) >= frame->frmheight)
 		return parse_state_next_frame;
 
-	block_split = (pixel_per_line%y_block_size) ? 1 : 0;	/* are some blocks splitted into different lines? */
+	block_split = (pixel_per_line%y_block_size) ? 1 : 0;	/* are some blocks split into different lines? */
 
 	y_odd_offset = (pixel_per_line / y_block_size) * (y_block_size + uv_block_size)
 			+ block_split * uv_block_size;
diff --git a/drivers/media/usb/uvc/uvc_video.c b/drivers/media/usb/uvc/uvc_video.c
index b5589d5..1642e7c 100644
--- a/drivers/media/usb/uvc/uvc_video.c
+++ b/drivers/media/usb/uvc/uvc_video.c
@@ -1787,8 +1787,9 @@ int uvc_video_init(struct uvc_streaming *stream)
 	 */
 	usb_set_interface(stream->dev->udev, stream->intfnum, 0);
 
-	/* Set the streaming probe control with default streaming parameters
-	 * retrieved from the device. Webcams that don't suport GET_DEF
+	/*
+	 * Set the streaming probe control with default streaming parameters
+	 * retrieved from the device. Webcams that don't support GET_DEF
 	 * requests on the probe control will just keep their current streaming
 	 * parameters.
 	 */
diff --git a/drivers/mfd/max77620.c b/drivers/mfd/max77620.c
index 258757e..b1700b5 100644
--- a/drivers/mfd/max77620.c
+++ b/drivers/mfd/max77620.c
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ static int max77620_probe(struct i2c_client *client,
 	chip->rmap = devm_regmap_init_i2c(client, rmap_config);
 	if (IS_ERR(chip->rmap)) {
 		ret = PTR_ERR(chip->rmap);
-		dev_err(chip->dev, "Failed to intialise regmap: %d\n", ret);
+		dev_err(chip->dev, "Failed to initialise regmap: %d\n", ret);
 		return ret;
 	}
 
diff --git a/drivers/misc/pti.c b/drivers/misc/pti.c
index eda38cb..d07383a 100644
--- a/drivers/misc/pti.c
+++ b/drivers/misc/pti.c
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ static int pti_char_open(struct inode *inode, struct file *filp)
  * pti_char_release()-  Close a char channel to the PTI device. Part
  * of the misc device implementation.
  *
- * @inode: Not used in this implementaiton.
+ * @inode: Not used in this implementation.
  * @filp:  Contains private_data that contains the master, channel
  *         ID to be released by the PTI device.
  *
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ static struct miscdevice pti_char_driver = {
 /**
  * pti_console_write()-  Write to the console that has been acquired.
  *
- * @c:   Not used in this implementaiton.
+ * @c:   Not used in this implementation.
  * @buf: Data to be written.
  * @len: Length of buf.
  */
diff --git a/drivers/misc/vmw_vmci/vmci_queue_pair.h b/drivers/misc/vmw_vmci/vmci_queue_pair.h
index ed177f0..22e2657 100644
--- a/drivers/misc/vmw_vmci/vmci_queue_pair.h
+++ b/drivers/misc/vmw_vmci/vmci_queue_pair.h
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ struct vmci_qp_dtch_info {
 struct vmci_qp_page_store {
 	/* Reference to pages backing the queue pair. */
 	u64 pages;
-	/* Length of pageList/virtual addres range (in pages). */
+	/* Length of pageList/virtual address range (in pages). */
 	u32 len;
 };
 
diff --git a/drivers/mmc/card/block.c b/drivers/mmc/card/block.c
index 2206d44..215c153 100644
--- a/drivers/mmc/card/block.c
+++ b/drivers/mmc/card/block.c
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ MODULE_ALIAS("mmc:block");
 static DEFINE_MUTEX(block_mutex);
 
 /*
- * The defaults come from config options but can be overriden by module
+ * The defaults come from config options but can be overridden by module
  * or bootarg options.
  */
 static int perdev_minors = CONFIG_MMC_BLOCK_MINORS;
diff --git a/drivers/mmc/host/mmci_qcom_dml.c b/drivers/mmc/host/mmci_qcom_dml.c
index 2b7fc37..00750c9 100644
--- a/drivers/mmc/host/mmci_qcom_dml.c
+++ b/drivers/mmc/host/mmci_qcom_dml.c
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ int dml_hw_init(struct mmci_host *host, struct device_node *np)
 	writel_relaxed(producer_id | (consumer_id << CONSUMER_PIPE_ID_SHFT),
 		       base + DML_PIPE_ID);
 
-	/* Make sure dml intialization is finished */
+	/* Make sure dml initialization is finished */
 	mb();
 
 	return 0;
diff --git a/drivers/mtd/nand/denali.c b/drivers/mtd/nand/denali.c
index 0476ae8..0c26b4c 100644
--- a/drivers/mtd/nand/denali.c
+++ b/drivers/mtd/nand/denali.c
@@ -1487,7 +1487,7 @@ int denali_init(struct denali_nand_info *denali)
 
 	/*
 	 * denali_isr register is done after all the hardware
-	 * initilization is finished
+	 * initialization is finished
 	 */
 	if (request_irq(denali->irq, denali_isr, IRQF_SHARED,
 			DENALI_NAND_NAME, denali)) {
diff --git a/drivers/mtd/nand/fsl_ifc_nand.c b/drivers/mtd/nand/fsl_ifc_nand.c
index 4e9e5fd..8f15c03 100644
--- a/drivers/mtd/nand/fsl_ifc_nand.c
+++ b/drivers/mtd/nand/fsl_ifc_nand.c
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ static uint8_t fsl_ifc_read_byte(struct mtd_info *mtd)
 
 /*
  * Read two bytes from the IFC hardware buffer
- * read function for 16-bit buswith
+ * read function for 16-bit buswidth
  */
 static uint8_t fsl_ifc_read_byte16(struct mtd_info *mtd)
 {
diff --git a/drivers/mtd/nand/gpmi-nand/gpmi-nand.c b/drivers/mtd/nand/gpmi-nand/gpmi-nand.c
index 6e46156..33cf2f4 100644
--- a/drivers/mtd/nand/gpmi-nand/gpmi-nand.c
+++ b/drivers/mtd/nand/gpmi-nand/gpmi-nand.c
@@ -1903,7 +1903,7 @@ static int nand_boot_init(struct gpmi_nand_data  *this)
 {
 	nand_boot_set_geometry(this);
 
-	/* This is ROM arch-specific initilization before the BBT scanning. */
+	/* This is ROM arch-specific initialization before the BBT scanning. */
 	if (GPMI_IS_MX23(this))
 		return mx23_boot_init(this);
 	return 0;
diff --git a/drivers/mtd/nand/pxa3xx_nand.c b/drivers/mtd/nand/pxa3xx_nand.c
index 436dd6d..c33c94d 100644
--- a/drivers/mtd/nand/pxa3xx_nand.c
+++ b/drivers/mtd/nand/pxa3xx_nand.c
@@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ static void nand_cmdfunc_extended(struct mtd_info *mtd,
 			break;
 
 		/*
-		 * After a splitted program command sequence has issued
+		 * After a split program command sequence has issued
 		 * the command dispatch, the command sequence is complete.
 		 */
 		if (info->cur_chunk == (info->ntotalchunks + 1) &&
@@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ static void nand_cmdfunc_extended(struct mtd_info *mtd,
 				ext_cmd_type = EXT_CMD_TYPE_NAKED_RW;
 
 		/*
-		 * If a splitted program command has no more data to transfer,
+		 * If a split program command has no more data to transfer,
 		 * the command dispatch must be issued to complete.
 		 */
 		} else if (command == NAND_CMD_PAGEPROG &&
@@ -1705,7 +1705,7 @@ static int pxa3xx_nand_scan(struct mtd_info *mtd)
 	/*
 	 * If the page size is bigger than the FIFO size, let's check
 	 * we are given the right variant and then switch to the extended
-	 * (aka splitted) command handling,
+	 * (aka split) command handling,
 	 */
 	if (mtd->writesize > PAGE_CHUNK_SIZE) {
 		if (info->variant == PXA3XX_NAND_VARIANT_ARMADA370) {
diff --git a/drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bcm63xx_enet.c b/drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bcm63xx_enet.c
index 6c8bc5f..dbaac5d 100644
--- a/drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bcm63xx_enet.c
+++ b/drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bcm63xx_enet.c
@@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ static void bcm_enet_adjust_phy_link(struct net_device *dev)
 			rx_pause_en = 1;
 			tx_pause_en = 1;
 		} else if (!priv->pause_auto) {
-			/* pause setting overrided by user */
+			/* pause setting overridden by user */
 			rx_pause_en = priv->pause_rx;
 			tx_pause_en = priv->pause_tx;
 		} else {
diff --git a/drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x.h b/drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x.h
index 7dd7490..7dc7a87 100644
--- a/drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x.h
+++ b/drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x.h
@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ struct bnx2x_fastpath {
 				 MAX_TX_DESC_CNT * NEXT_PAGE_TX_DESC_CNT)
 /* max BDs per tx packet w/o next_pages:
  * START_BD		- describes packed
- * START_BD(splitted)	- includes unpaged data segment for GSO
+ * START_BD(split)	- includes unpaged data segment for GSO
  * PARSING_BD		- for TSO and CSUM data
  * PARSING_BD2		- for encapsulation data
  * Frag BDs		- describes pages for frags
diff --git a/drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_link.c b/drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_link.c
index 1fb8010..5a0f18e 100644
--- a/drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_link.c
+++ b/drivers/net/ethernet/broadcom/bnx2x/bnx2x_link.c
@@ -2546,7 +2546,7 @@ static int bnx2x_pbf_update(struct link_params *params, u32 flow_ctrl,
 }
 
 /**
- * bnx2x_get_emac_base - retrive emac base address
+ * bnx2x_get_emac_base - retrieve emac base address
  *
  * @bp:			driver handle
  * @mdc_mdio_access:	access type
@@ -3599,7 +3599,7 @@ static u8 bnx2x_ext_phy_resolve_fc(struct bnx2x_phy *phy,
 	u8 ret = 0;
 	vars->flow_ctrl = BNX2X_FLOW_CTRL_NONE;
 	if (phy->req_flow_ctrl != BNX2X_FLOW_CTRL_AUTO) {
-		/* Update the advertised flow-controled of LD/LP in AN */
+		/* Update the advertised flow-controlled of LD/LP in AN */
 		if (phy->req_line_speed == SPEED_AUTO_NEG)
 			bnx2x_ext_phy_update_adv_fc(phy, params, vars);
 		/* But set the flow-control result as the requested one */
@@ -3749,7 +3749,7 @@ static void bnx2x_warpcore_enable_AN_KR(struct bnx2x_phy *phy,
 		{MDIO_WC_DEVAD, MDIO_WC_REG_CL72_USERB0_CL72_TX_FIR_TAP, 0},
 	};
 	DP(NETIF_MSG_LINK, "Enable Auto Negotiation for KR\n");
-	/* Set to default registers that may be overriden by 10G force */
+	/* Set to default registers that may be overridden by 10G force */
 	for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(reg_set); i++)
 		bnx2x_cl45_write(bp, phy, reg_set[i].devad, reg_set[i].reg,
 				 reg_set[i].val);
@@ -5431,7 +5431,7 @@ static void bnx2x_flow_ctrl_resolve(struct bnx2x_phy *phy,
 
 	/* Resolve from gp_status in case of AN complete and not sgmii */
 	if (phy->req_flow_ctrl != BNX2X_FLOW_CTRL_AUTO) {
-		/* Update the advertised flow-controled of LD/LP in AN */
+		/* Update the advertised flow-controlled of LD/LP in AN */
 		if (phy->req_line_speed == SPEED_AUTO_NEG)
 			bnx2x_update_adv_fc(phy, params, vars, gp_status);
 		/* But set the flow-control result as the requested one */
@@ -6963,7 +6963,7 @@ int bnx2x_link_update(struct link_params *params, struct link_vars *vars)
 			 * hence its link is expected to be down
 			 * - SECOND_PHY means that first phy should not be able
 			 * to link up by itself (using configuration)
-			 * - DEFAULT should be overriden during initialiazation
+			 * - DEFAULT should be overridden during initialization
 			 */
 				DP(NETIF_MSG_LINK, "Invalid link indication"
 					   "mpc=0x%x. DISABLING LINK !!!\n",
diff --git a/drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4vf/sge.c b/drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4vf/sge.c
index c8fd4f8..1788829 100644
--- a/drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4vf/sge.c
+++ b/drivers/net/ethernet/chelsio/cxgb4vf/sge.c
@@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@ static void __iomem *bar2_address(struct adapter *adapter,
  *	@rspq: pointer to to the new rxq's Response Queue to be filled in
  *	@iqasynch: if 0, a normal rspq; if 1, an asynchronous event queue
  *	@dev: the network device associated with the new rspq
- *	@intr_dest: MSI-X vector index (overriden in MSI mode)
+ *	@intr_dest: MSI-X vector index (overridden in MSI mode)
  *	@fl: pointer to the new rxq's Free List to be filled in
  *	@hnd: the interrupt handler to invoke for the rspq
  */
diff --git a/drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_cmds.h b/drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_cmds.h
index 0d6be22..38469eaf 100644
--- a/drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_cmds.h
+++ b/drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_cmds.h
@@ -2067,7 +2067,7 @@ struct be_cmd_resp_get_stats_v2 {
 	struct be_hw_stats_v2 hw_stats;
 };
 
-/************** get fat capabilites *******************/
+/************** get fat capabilities *******************/
 #define MAX_MODULES 27
 #define MAX_MODES 4
 #define MODE_UART 0
diff --git a/drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/fman/mac.c b/drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/fman/mac.c
index e33d9d2..fd2f450 100644
--- a/drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/fman/mac.c
+++ b/drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/fman/mac.c
@@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ static int mac_probe(struct platform_device *_of_dev)
 	/* pause frame autonegotiation enabled */
 	mac_dev->autoneg_pause = true;
 
-	/* By intializing the values to false, force FMD to enable PAUSE frames
+	/* By initializing the values to false, force FMD to enable PAUSE frames
 	 * on RX and TX
 	 */
 	mac_dev->rx_pause_req = true;
diff --git a/drivers/net/ethernet/hp/hp100.c b/drivers/net/ethernet/hp/hp100.c
index 631dbc7..fbad3c3 100644
--- a/drivers/net/ethernet/hp/hp100.c
+++ b/drivers/net/ethernet/hp/hp100.c
@@ -2465,7 +2465,7 @@ static int hp100_sense_lan(struct net_device *dev)
 
 	if (val_10 & HP100_AUI_ST) {	/* have we BNC or AUI onboard? */
 		/*
-		 * This can be overriden by dos utility, so if this has no effect,
+		 * This can be overridden by dos utility, so if this has no effect,
 		 * perhaps you need to download that utility from HP and set card
 		 * back to "auto detect".
 		 */
diff --git a/drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_virtchnl_pf.c b/drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_virtchnl_pf.c
index 6fcbf76..8f7dd02 100644
--- a/drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_virtchnl_pf.c
+++ b/drivers/net/ethernet/intel/i40e/i40e_virtchnl_pf.c
@@ -833,9 +833,7 @@ static void i40e_free_vf_res(struct i40e_vf *vf)
 		wr32(hw, reg_idx, reg);
 		i40e_flush(hw);
 	}
-	/* reset some of the state varibles keeping
-	 * track of the resources
-	 */
+	/* reset some of the state variables keeping track of the resources */
 	vf->num_queue_pairs = 0;
 	vf->vf_states = 0;
 	clear_bit(I40E_VF_STAT_INIT, &vf->vf_states);
diff --git a/drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_main.c b/drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_main.c
index 942a89f..b9acd49 100644
--- a/drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_main.c
+++ b/drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_main.c
@@ -1236,7 +1236,7 @@ static int igb_alloc_q_vector(struct igb_adapter *adapter,
 	/* initialize pointer to rings */
 	ring = q_vector->ring;
 
-	/* intialize ITR */
+	/* initialize ITR */
 	if (rxr_count) {
 		/* rx or rx/tx vector */
 		if (!adapter->rx_itr_setting || adapter->rx_itr_setting > 3)
diff --git a/drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe_lib.c b/drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe_lib.c
index bcdc884..8b7e627 100644
--- a/drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe_lib.c
+++ b/drivers/net/ethernet/intel/ixgbe/ixgbe_lib.c
@@ -862,7 +862,7 @@ static int ixgbe_alloc_q_vector(struct ixgbe_adapter *adapter,
 	/* initialize pointer to rings */
 	ring = q_vector->ring;
 
-	/* intialize ITR */
+	/* initialize ITR */
 	if (txr_count && !rxr_count) {
 		/* tx only vector */
 		if (adapter->tx_itr_setting == 1)
diff --git a/drivers/net/ethernet/micrel/ksz884x.c b/drivers/net/ethernet/micrel/ksz884x.c
index 280e761..44dd85e 100644
--- a/drivers/net/ethernet/micrel/ksz884x.c
+++ b/drivers/net/ethernet/micrel/ksz884x.c
@@ -1242,7 +1242,7 @@ struct ksz_port_info {
  * @tx_cfg:		Cached transmit control settings.
  * @rx_cfg:		Cached receive control settings.
  * @intr_mask:		Current interrupt mask.
- * @intr_set:		Current interrup set.
+ * @intr_set:		Current interrupt set.
  * @intr_blocked:	Interrupt blocked.
  * @rx_desc_info:	Receive descriptor information.
  * @tx_desc_info:	Transmit descriptor information.
@@ -1251,10 +1251,10 @@ struct ksz_port_info {
  * @tx_size:		Transmit data size.  Used for TX optimization.
  * 			The maximum is defined by MAX_TX_HELD_SIZE.
  * @perm_addr:		Permanent MAC address.
- * @override_addr:	Overrided MAC address.
+ * @override_addr:	Overridden MAC address.
  * @address:		Additional MAC address entries.
  * @addr_list_size:	Additional MAC address list size.
- * @mac_override:	Indication of MAC address overrided.
+ * @mac_override:	Indication of MAC address overridden.
  * @promiscuous:	Counter to keep track of promiscuous mode set.
  * @all_multi:		Counter to keep track of all multicast mode set.
  * @multi_list:		Multicast address entries.
@@ -4042,7 +4042,7 @@ static int empty_addr(u8 *addr)
  * @hw: 	The hardware instance.
  *
  * This routine programs the MAC address of the hardware when the address is
- * overrided.
+ * overridden.
  */
 static void hw_set_addr(struct ksz_hw *hw)
 {
@@ -7034,7 +7034,7 @@ static int pcidev_init(struct pci_dev *pdev, const struct pci_device_id *id)
 	if (macaddr[0] != ':')
 		get_mac_addr(hw_priv, macaddr, MAIN_PORT);
 
-	/* Read MAC address and initialize override address if not overrided. */
+	/* Read MAC address and initialize override address if not overridden. */
 	hw_read_addr(hw);
 
 	/* Multiple device interfaces mode requires a second MAC address. */
diff --git a/drivers/net/ethernet/nuvoton/w90p910_ether.c b/drivers/net/ethernet/nuvoton/w90p910_ether.c
index 87b7b81..712d8bc 100644
--- a/drivers/net/ethernet/nuvoton/w90p910_ether.c
+++ b/drivers/net/ethernet/nuvoton/w90p910_ether.c
@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ static void netdev_rx(struct net_device *dev)
 				dev_err(&pdev->dev, "rx crc err\n");
 				ether->stats.rx_crc_errors++;
 			} else if (status & RXDS_ALIE) {
-				dev_err(&pdev->dev, "rx aligment err\n");
+				dev_err(&pdev->dev, "rx alignment err\n");
 				ether->stats.rx_frame_errors++;
 			} else if (status & RXDS_PTLE) {
 				dev_err(&pdev->dev, "rx longer err\n");
diff --git a/drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_vf.c b/drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_vf.c
index 9b780b3..2e75f20 100644
--- a/drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_vf.c
+++ b/drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qed/qed_vf.c
@@ -268,7 +268,8 @@ int qed_vf_hw_prepare(struct qed_hwfn *p_hwfn)
 	struct qed_vf_iov *p_iov;
 	u32 reg;
 
-	/* Set number of hwfns - might be overriden once leading hwfn learns
+	/*
+	 * Set number of hwfns - might be overridden once leading hwfn learns
 	 * actual configuration from PF.
 	 */
 	if (IS_LEAD_HWFN(p_hwfn))
diff --git a/drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic.h b/drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic.h
index 49bad00..cc7a5df3 100644
--- a/drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic.h
+++ b/drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic.h
@@ -912,7 +912,7 @@ struct qlcnic_mac_vlan_list {
 
 #define QLCNIC_LRO_REQUEST_CLEANUP	4
 
-/* Capabilites received */
+/* Capabilities received */
 #define QLCNIC_FW_CAPABILITY_TSO		BIT_1
 #define QLCNIC_FW_CAPABILITY_BDG		BIT_8
 #define QLCNIC_FW_CAPABILITY_FVLANTX		BIT_9
diff --git a/drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_83xx_hw.c b/drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_83xx_hw.c
index bdbcd2b..d77845e 100644
--- a/drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_83xx_hw.c
+++ b/drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_83xx_hw.c
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ const u32 qlcnic_83xx_reg_tbl[] = {
 	0x3540,		/* Device state, DRV_REG1 */
 	0x3544,		/* Driver state, DRV_REG2 */
 	0x3548,		/* Driver scratch, DRV_REG3 */
-	0x354C,		/* Device partiton info, DRV_REG4 */
+	0x354C,		/* Device partition info, DRV_REG4 */
 	0x3524,		/* Driver IDC ver, DRV_REG5 */
 	0x3550,		/* FW_VER_MAJOR */
 	0x3554,		/* FW_VER_MINOR */
diff --git a/drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_main.c b/drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_main.c
index 3ebef27..4f8c823 100644
--- a/drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_main.c
+++ b/drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlcnic/qlcnic_main.c
@@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ static int qlcnic_max_rings(struct qlcnic_adapter *adapter, u8 ring_cnt,
 
 void qlcnic_set_tx_ring_count(struct qlcnic_adapter *adapter, u8 tx_cnt)
 {
-	/* 83xx adapter does not have max_tx_rings intialized in probe */
+	/* 83xx adapter does not have max_tx_rings initialized in probe */
 	if (adapter->max_tx_rings)
 		adapter->drv_tx_rings = qlcnic_max_rings(adapter, tx_cnt,
 							 QLCNIC_TX_QUEUE);
@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ void qlcnic_set_tx_ring_count(struct qlcnic_adapter *adapter, u8 tx_cnt)
 
 void qlcnic_set_sds_ring_count(struct qlcnic_adapter *adapter, u8 rx_cnt)
 {
-	/* 83xx adapter does not have max_sds_rings intialized in probe */
+	/* 83xx adapter does not have max_sds_rings initialized in probe */
 	if (adapter->max_sds_rings)
 		adapter->drv_sds_rings = qlcnic_max_rings(adapter, rx_cnt,
 							  QLCNIC_RX_QUEUE);
diff --git a/drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlge/qlge.h b/drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlge/qlge.h
index 6d31f92..84ac50f 100644
--- a/drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlge/qlge.h
+++ b/drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/qlge/qlge.h
@@ -1162,8 +1162,8 @@ struct ob_mac_tso_iocb_rsp {
 struct ib_mac_iocb_rsp {
 	u8 opcode;		/* 0x20 */
 	u8 flags1;
-#define IB_MAC_IOCB_RSP_OI	0x01	/* Overide intr delay */
-#define IB_MAC_IOCB_RSP_I	0x02	/* Disble Intr Generation */
+#define IB_MAC_IOCB_RSP_OI	0x01	/* Override intr delay */
+#define IB_MAC_IOCB_RSP_I	0x02	/* Disable Intr Generation */
 #define IB_MAC_CSUM_ERR_MASK 0x1c	/* A mask to use for csum errs */
 #define IB_MAC_IOCB_RSP_TE	0x04	/* Checksum error */
 #define IB_MAC_IOCB_RSP_NU	0x08	/* No checksum rcvd */
diff --git a/drivers/net/ethernet/samsung/sxgbe/sxgbe_main.c b/drivers/net/ethernet/samsung/sxgbe/sxgbe_main.c
index ea44a24..fecaaea 100644
--- a/drivers/net/ethernet/samsung/sxgbe/sxgbe_main.c
+++ b/drivers/net/ethernet/samsung/sxgbe/sxgbe_main.c
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ static void sxgbe_free_rx_buffers(struct net_device *dev,
 /**
  * init_tx_ring - init the TX descriptor ring
  * @dev: net device structure
- * @tx_ring: ring to be intialised
+ * @tx_ring: ring to be initialised
  * @tx_rsize: ring size
  * Description:  this function initializes the DMA TX descriptor
  */
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ dmamem_err:
 /**
  * free_rx_ring - free the RX descriptor ring
  * @dev: net device structure
- * @rx_ring: ring to be intialised
+ * @rx_ring: ring to be initialised
  * @rx_rsize: ring size
  * Description:  this function initializes the DMA RX descriptor
  */
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ static void free_rx_ring(struct device *dev, struct sxgbe_rx_queue *rx_ring,
 /**
  * init_rx_ring - init the RX descriptor ring
  * @dev: net device structure
- * @rx_ring: ring to be intialised
+ * @rx_ring: ring to be initialised
  * @rx_rsize: ring size
  * Description:  this function initializes the DMA RX descriptor
  */
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ err_free_dma_rx:
 /**
  * free_tx_ring - free the TX descriptor ring
  * @dev: net device structure
- * @tx_ring: ring to be intialised
+ * @tx_ring: ring to be initialised
  * @tx_rsize: ring size
  * Description:  this function initializes the DMA TX descriptor
  */
diff --git a/drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_main.c b/drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_main.c
index 4c8c60a..0b841e9 100644
--- a/drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_main.c
+++ b/drivers/net/ethernet/stmicro/stmmac/stmmac_main.c
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ static inline u32 stmmac_rx_dirty(struct stmmac_priv *priv)
 /**
  * stmmac_hw_fix_mac_speed - callback for speed selection
  * @priv: driver private structure
- * Description: on some platforms (e.g. ST), some HW system configuraton
+ * Description: on some platforms (e.g. ST), some HW system configuration
  * registers have to be set according to the link speed negotiated.
  */
 static inline void stmmac_hw_fix_mac_speed(struct stmmac_priv *priv)
diff --git a/drivers/net/ethernet/tehuti/tehuti.c b/drivers/net/ethernet/tehuti/tehuti.c
index 7108c68..d4c7e39 100644
--- a/drivers/net/ethernet/tehuti/tehuti.c
+++ b/drivers/net/ethernet/tehuti/tehuti.c
@@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@ static void bdx_recycle_skb(struct bdx_priv *priv, struct rxd_desc *rxdd)
  * @budget: maximum number of packets to receive
  */
 
-/* TBD: replace memcpy func call by explicite inline asm */
+/* TBD: replace memcpy func call by explicit inline asm */
 
 static int bdx_rx_receive(struct bdx_priv *priv, struct rxd_fifo *f, int budget)
 {
@@ -1342,7 +1342,7 @@ static void print_rxfd(struct rxf_desc *rxfd)
  * 1) TX Free Fifo - TXF - holds ack descriptors for sent packets
  * 2) TX Data Fifo - TXD - holds descriptors of full buffers.
  *
- * Currently NIC supports TSO, checksuming and gather DMA
+ * Currently NIC supports TSO, checksumming and gather DMA
  * UFO and IP fragmentation is on the way
  *
  * RX SW Data Structures
diff --git a/drivers/net/fddi/skfp/cfm.c b/drivers/net/fddi/skfp/cfm.c
index e395ace..1bcc6a7 100644
--- a/drivers/net/fddi/skfp/cfm.c
+++ b/drivers/net/fddi/skfp/cfm.c
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 */
 
 /*
- *	Hardware independent state machine implemantation
+ *	Hardware independent state machine implementation
  *	The following external SMT functions are referenced :
  *
  *		queue_event()
diff --git a/drivers/net/fddi/skfp/ecm.c b/drivers/net/fddi/skfp/ecm.c
index 47d922c..cbee3d6 100644
--- a/drivers/net/fddi/skfp/ecm.c
+++ b/drivers/net/fddi/skfp/ecm.c
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 */
 
 /*
- * Hardware independent state machine implemantation
+ * Hardware independent state machine implementation
  * The following external SMT functions are referenced :
  *
  * 		queue_event()
diff --git a/drivers/net/fddi/skfp/pcmplc.c b/drivers/net/fddi/skfp/pcmplc.c
index 88d02d0..c56f26e 100644
--- a/drivers/net/fddi/skfp/pcmplc.c
+++ b/drivers/net/fddi/skfp/pcmplc.c
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 */
 
 /*
- * Hardware independent state machine implemantation
+ * Hardware independent state machine implementation
  * The following external SMT functions are referenced :
  *
  * 		queue_event()
diff --git a/drivers/net/fddi/skfp/rmt.c b/drivers/net/fddi/skfp/rmt.c
index ef8d567..a88f0b8 100644
--- a/drivers/net/fddi/skfp/rmt.c
+++ b/drivers/net/fddi/skfp/rmt.c
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 */
 
 /*
- * Hardware independent state machine implemantation
+ * Hardware independent state machine implementation
  * The following external SMT functions are referenced :
  *
  * 		queue_event()
diff --git a/drivers/net/irda/donauboe.c b/drivers/net/irda/donauboe.c
index b337e6d..5311053 100644
--- a/drivers/net/irda/donauboe.c
+++ b/drivers/net/irda/donauboe.c
@@ -1281,7 +1281,7 @@ dumpbufs(self->rx_bufs[self->rxs],len,'<');
             /* TODO: =========================================== */
             /*  if OBOE_CTL_RX_LENGTH, our buffers are too small */
             /* (MIR or FIR) data is lost. */
-            /* (SIR) data is splitted in several slots. */
+            /* (SIR) data is split in several slots. */
             /* we have to join all the received buffers received */
             /*in a large buffer before checking CRC. */
 		    pr_debug("%s.err:%x(%x)\n", __func__
diff --git a/drivers/net/usb/cdc_ncm.c b/drivers/net/usb/cdc_ncm.c
index 877c951..163673c 100644
--- a/drivers/net/usb/cdc_ncm.c
+++ b/drivers/net/usb/cdc_ncm.c
@@ -653,7 +653,8 @@ static int cdc_ncm_setup(struct usbnet *dev)
 	struct cdc_ncm_ctx *ctx = (struct cdc_ncm_ctx *)dev->data[0];
 	u32 def_rx, def_tx;
 
-	/* be conservative when selecting intial buffer size to
+	/*
+	 * be conservative when selecting initial buffer size to
 	 * increase the number of hosts this will work for
 	 */
 	def_rx = min_t(u32, CDC_NCM_NTB_DEF_SIZE_RX,
diff --git a/drivers/net/usb/kalmia.c b/drivers/net/usb/kalmia.c
index 5662bab..772e3ee 100644
--- a/drivers/net/usb/kalmia.c
+++ b/drivers/net/usb/kalmia.c
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ static const struct driver_info kalmia_info = {
 static const struct usb_device_id products[] = {
 	/* The unswitched USB ID, to get the module auto loaded: */
 	{ USB_DEVICE(0x04e8, 0x689a) },
-	/* The stick swithed into modem (by e.g. usb_modeswitch): */
+	/* The stick switched into modem (by e.g. usb_modeswitch): */
 	{ USB_DEVICE(0x04e8, 0x6889),
 		.driver_info = (unsigned long) &kalmia_info, },
 	{ /* EMPTY == end of list */} };
diff --git a/drivers/net/wimax/i2400m/driver.c b/drivers/net/wimax/i2400m/driver.c
index 9c78090..c5457dc 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wimax/i2400m/driver.c
+++ b/drivers/net/wimax/i2400m/driver.c
@@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(i2400m_reset);
  *
  * Returns: 0 if ok, < 0 errno code on error.
  *
- * Sets up basic device comunication infrastructure, boots the ROM to
+ * Sets up basic device communication infrastructure, boots the ROM to
  * read the MAC address, registers with the WiMAX and network stacks
  * and then brings up the device.
  */
diff --git a/drivers/net/wimax/i2400m/usb-fw.c b/drivers/net/wimax/i2400m/usb-fw.c
index e74664b..502c346 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wimax/i2400m/usb-fw.c
+++ b/drivers/net/wimax/i2400m/usb-fw.c
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ void __i2400mu_bm_notif_cb(struct urb *urb)
  *
  * @i2400m: device descriptor
  * @urb: urb to use
- * @completion: completion varible to complete when done
+ * @completion: completion variable to complete when done
  *
  * Data is always read to i2400m->bm_ack_buf
  */
diff --git a/drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/wmi.h b/drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/wmi.h
index 3ef4688..388b389 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/wmi.h
+++ b/drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath10k/wmi.h
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
  *    type.
  *
  * 6. Comment each parameter part of the WMI command/event structure by
- *    using the 2 stars at the begining of C comment instead of one star to
+ *    using the 2 stars at the beginning of C comment instead of one star to
  *    enable HTML document generation using Doxygen.
  *
  */
@@ -2082,7 +2082,7 @@ struct wmi_resource_config {
 	 * In offload mode target supports features like WOW, chatter and
 	 * other protocol offloads. In order to support them some
 	 * functionalities like reorder buffering, PN checking need to be
-	 * done in target. This determines maximum number of peers suported
+	 * done in target. This determines maximum number of peers supported
 	 * by target in offload mode
 	 */
 	__le32 num_offload_peers;
@@ -2263,7 +2263,7 @@ struct wmi_resource_config {
 	 * Max. number of Tx fragments per MSDU
 	 *  This parameter controls the max number of Tx fragments per MSDU.
 	 *  This is sent by the target as part of the WMI_SERVICE_READY event
-	 *  and is overriden by the OS shim as required.
+	 *  and is overridden by the OS shim as required.
 	 */
 	__le32 max_frag_entries;
 } __packed;
@@ -2445,7 +2445,7 @@ struct wmi_resource_config_10x {
 	 * Max. number of Tx fragments per MSDU
 	 *  This parameter controls the max number of Tx fragments per MSDU.
 	 *  This is sent by the target as part of the WMI_SERVICE_READY event
-	 *  and is overriden by the OS shim as required.
+	 *  and is overridden by the OS shim as required.
 	 */
 	__le32 max_frag_entries;
 } __packed;
@@ -2739,7 +2739,7 @@ struct wmi_init_cmd {
 	struct wmi_host_mem_chunks mem_chunks;
 } __packed;
 
-/* _10x stucture is from 10.X FW API */
+/* _10x structure is from 10.X FW API */
 struct wmi_init_cmd_10x {
 	struct wmi_resource_config_10x resource_config;
 	struct wmi_host_mem_chunks mem_chunks;
@@ -3962,10 +3962,10 @@ struct wmi_pdev_stats_tx {
 	/* illegal rate phy errors  */
 	__le32 illgl_rate_phy_err;
 
-	/* wal pdev continous xretry */
+	/* wal pdev continuous xretry */
 	__le32 pdev_cont_xretry;
 
-	/* wal pdev continous xretry */
+	/* wal pdev continuous xretry */
 	__le32 pdev_tx_timeout;
 
 	/* wal pdev resets  */
@@ -4456,9 +4456,9 @@ struct wmi_vdev_start_request_cmd {
 	__le32 flags;
 	/* ssid field. Only valid for AP/GO/IBSS/BTAmp VDEV type. */
 	struct wmi_ssid ssid;
-	/* beacon/probe reponse xmit rate. Applicable for SoftAP. */
+	/* beacon/probe response xmit rate. Applicable for SoftAP. */
 	__le32 bcn_tx_rate;
-	/* beacon/probe reponse xmit power. Applicable for SoftAP. */
+	/* beacon/probe response xmit power. Applicable for SoftAP. */
 	__le32 bcn_tx_power;
 	/* number of p2p NOA descriptor(s) from scan entry */
 	__le32 num_noa_descriptors;
@@ -4686,7 +4686,7 @@ enum wmi_vdev_param {
 	WMI_VDEV_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
 	/* Listen interval in TUs */
 	WMI_VDEV_PARAM_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
-	/* muticast rate in Mbps */
+	/* multicast rate in Mbps */
 	WMI_VDEV_PARAM_MULTICAST_RATE,
 	/* management frame rate in Mbps */
 	WMI_VDEV_PARAM_MGMT_TX_RATE,
@@ -4817,7 +4817,7 @@ enum wmi_10x_vdev_param {
 	WMI_10X_VDEV_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
 	/* Listen interval in TUs */
 	WMI_10X_VDEV_PARAM_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
-	/* muticast rate in Mbps */
+	/* multicast rate in Mbps */
 	WMI_10X_VDEV_PARAM_MULTICAST_RATE,
 	/* management frame rate in Mbps */
 	WMI_10X_VDEV_PARAM_MGMT_TX_RATE,
@@ -5062,7 +5062,7 @@ struct wmi_vdev_simple_event {
 } __packed;
 
 /* VDEV start response status codes */
-/* VDEV succesfully started */
+/* VDEV successfully started */
 #define WMI_INIFIED_VDEV_START_RESPONSE_STATUS_SUCCESS	0x0
 
 /* requested VDEV not found */
diff --git a/drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath6kl/main.c b/drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath6kl/main.c
index 1af3fed..bb8dc89 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath6kl/main.c
+++ b/drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath6kl/main.c
@@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ static int ath6kl_commit_ch_switch(struct ath6kl_vif *vif, u16 channel)
 	switch (vif->nw_type) {
 	case AP_NETWORK:
 		/*
-		 * reconfigure any saved RSN IE capabilites in the beacon /
+		 * reconfigure any saved RSN IE capabilities in the beacon /
 		 * probe response to stay in sync with the supplicant.
 		 */
 		if (vif->rsn_capab &&
diff --git a/drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/ani.c b/drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/ani.c
index 815efe9..5214dd7 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/ani.c
+++ b/drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/ani.c
@@ -59,13 +59,13 @@ static const struct ani_ofdm_level_entry ofdm_level_table[] = {
 /*
  * MRC (Maximal Ratio Combining) has always been used with multi-antenna ofdm.
  * With OFDM for single stream you just add up all antenna inputs, you're
- * only interested in what you get after FFT. Signal aligment is also not
+ * only interested in what you get after FFT. Signal alignment is also not
  * required for OFDM because any phase difference adds up in the frequency
  * domain.
  *
  * MRC requires extra work for use with CCK. You need to align the antenna
  * signals from the different antenna before you can add the signals together.
- * You need aligment of signals as CCK is in time domain, so addition can cancel
+ * You need alignment of signals as CCK is in time domain, so addition can cancel
  * your signal completely if phase is 180 degrees (think of adding sine waves).
  * You also need to remove noise before the addition and this is where ANI
  * MRC CCK comes into play. One of the antenna inputs may be stronger but
diff --git a/drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/chip.c b/drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/chip.c
index 05f22ff..c813a76 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/chip.c
+++ b/drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/chip.c
@@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@ static int brcmf_chip_setup(struct brcmf_chip_priv *chip)
 	cc = list_first_entry(&chip->cores, struct brcmf_core_priv, list);
 	base = cc->pub.base;
 
-	/* get chipcommon capabilites */
+	/* get chipcommon capabilities */
 	pub->cc_caps = chip->ops->read32(chip->ctx,
 					 CORE_CC_REG(base, capabilities));
 	pub->cc_caps_ext = chip->ops->read32(chip->ctx,
diff --git a/drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/p2p.c b/drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/p2p.c
index 66f942f..bd95a55 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/p2p.c
+++ b/drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/p2p.c
@@ -660,7 +660,7 @@ static s32 brcmf_p2p_escan(struct brcmf_p2p_info *p2p, u32 num_chans,
 	switch (search_state) {
 	case WL_P2P_DISC_ST_SEARCH:
 		/*
-		 * If we in SEARCH STATE, we don't need to set SSID explictly
+		 * If we in SEARCH STATE, we don't need to set SSID explicitly
 		 * because dongle use P2P WILDCARD internally by default, use
 		 * null ssid, which it is already due to kzalloc.
 		 */
diff --git a/drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/pcie.c b/drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/pcie.c
index 3deba90..c597b25 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/pcie.c
+++ b/drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmfmac/pcie.c
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ static struct brcmf_firmware_mapping brcmf_pcie_fwnames[] = {
 
 #define BRCMF_PCIE_REG_MAP_SIZE			(32 * 1024)
 
-/* backplane addres space accessed by BAR0 */
+/* backplane address space accessed by BAR0 */
 #define	BRCMF_PCIE_BAR0_WINDOW			0x80
 #define BRCMF_PCIE_BAR0_REG_SIZE		0x1000
 #define	BRCMF_PCIE_BAR0_WRAPPERBASE		0x70
diff --git a/drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmsmac/aiutils.c b/drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmsmac/aiutils.c
index 5336597..b18f670 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmsmac/aiutils.c
+++ b/drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmsmac/aiutils.c
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ ai_buscore_setup(struct si_info *sii, struct bcma_device *cc)
 	/* get chipcommon chipstatus */
 	sii->chipst = bcma_read32(cc, CHIPCREGOFFS(chipstatus));
 
-	/* get chipcommon capabilites */
+	/* get chipcommon capabilities */
 	sii->pub.cccaps = bcma_read32(cc, CHIPCREGOFFS(capabilities));
 
 	/* get pmu rev and caps */
diff --git a/drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmsmac/channel.c b/drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmsmac/channel.c
index 3a03287..936f0ac 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmsmac/channel.c
+++ b/drivers/net/wireless/broadcom/brcm80211/brcmsmac/channel.c
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ brcms_c_channel_reg_limits(struct brcms_cm_info *wlc_cm, u16 chanspec,
 
 		/*
 		 * OFDM 40 MHz SISO has the same power as the corresponding
-		 * MCS0-7 rate unless overriden by the locale specific code.
+		 * MCS0-7 rate unless overridden by the locale specific code.
 		 * We set this value to 0 as a flag (presumably 0 dBm isn't
 		 * a possibility) and then copy the MCS0-7 value to the 40 MHz
 		 * value if it wasn't explicitly set.
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ brcms_c_channel_reg_limits(struct brcms_cm_info *wlc_cm, u16 chanspec,
 
 		/*
 		 * 20 MHz has the same power as the corresponding OFDM rate
-		 * unless overriden by the locale specific code.
+		 * unless overridden by the locale specific code.
 		 */
 		txpwr->mcs_20_siso[i] = txpwr->ofdm[i];
 		txpwr->mcs_40_siso[i] = 0;
diff --git a/drivers/net/wireless/intel/ipw2x00/ipw2100.c b/drivers/net/wireless/intel/ipw2x00/ipw2100.c
index bfa542c..1c22bba 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wireless/intel/ipw2x00/ipw2100.c
+++ b/drivers/net/wireless/intel/ipw2x00/ipw2100.c
@@ -1238,7 +1238,7 @@ static int ipw2100_get_hw_features(struct ipw2100_priv *priv)
 }
 
 /*
- * Start firmware execution after power on and intialization
+ * Start firmware execution after power on and initialization
  * The sequence is:
  *  1. Release ARC
  *  2. Wait for f/w initialization completes;
@@ -1277,7 +1277,7 @@ static int ipw2100_start_adapter(struct ipw2100_priv *priv)
 	/* Release ARC - clear reset bit */
 	write_register(priv->net_dev, IPW_REG_RESET_REG, 0);
 
-	/* wait for f/w intialization complete */
+	/* wait for f/w initialization complete */
 	IPW_DEBUG_FW("Waiting for f/w initialization to complete...\n");
 	i = 5000;
 	do {
@@ -5652,7 +5652,7 @@ static void shim__set_security(struct net_device *dev,
 
 /* As a temporary work around to enable WPA until we figure out why
  * wpa_supplicant toggles the security capability of the driver, which
- * forces a disassocation with force_update...
+ * forces a disassociation with force_update...
  *
  *	if (force_update || !(priv->status & STATUS_ASSOCIATED))*/
 	if (!(priv->status & (STATUS_ASSOCIATED | STATUS_ASSOCIATING)))
@@ -8164,7 +8164,7 @@ static struct iw_statistics *ipw2100_wx_wireless_stats(struct net_device *dev)
 	/* if hw is disabled, then ipw2100_get_ordinal() can't be called.
 	 * ipw2100_wx_wireless_stats seems to be called before fw is
 	 * initialized.  STATUS_ASSOCIATED will only be set if the hw is up
-	 * and associated; if not associcated, the values are all meaningless
+	 * and associated; if not associated, the values are all meaningless
 	 * anyway, so set them all to NULL and INVALID */
 	if (!(priv->status & STATUS_ASSOCIATED)) {
 		wstats->miss.beacon = 0;
diff --git a/drivers/net/wireless/intel/ipw2x00/ipw2200.c b/drivers/net/wireless/intel/ipw2x00/ipw2200.c
index bfd6861..9a8fa31 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wireless/intel/ipw2x00/ipw2200.c
+++ b/drivers/net/wireless/intel/ipw2x00/ipw2200.c
@@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ static int ipw_get_ordinal(struct ipw_priv *priv, u32 ord, void *val, u32 * len)
 		 *
 		 * This table consist of six values, each containing
 		 *     - dword containing the starting offset of the data
-		 *     - dword containing the lengh in the first 16bits
+		 *     - dword containing the length in the first 16bits
 		 *       and the count in the second 16bits
 		 */
 
@@ -3974,7 +3974,7 @@ static void ipw_send_disassociate(struct ipw_priv *priv, int quiet)
 		return;
 	}
 
-	IPW_DEBUG_ASSOC("Disassocation attempt from %pM "
+	IPW_DEBUG_ASSOC("Disassociation attempt from %pM "
 			"on channel %d.\n",
 			priv->assoc_request.bssid,
 			priv->assoc_request.channel);
@@ -5196,7 +5196,7 @@ static void ipw_rx_queue_restock(struct ipw_priv *priv)
  * Move all used packet from rx_used to rx_free, allocating a new SKB for each.
  * Also restock the Rx queue via ipw_rx_queue_restock.
  *
- * This is called as a scheduled work item (except for during intialization)
+ * This is called as a scheduled work item (except for during initialization)
  */
 static void ipw_rx_queue_replenish(void *data)
 {
@@ -10038,7 +10038,7 @@ static struct iw_statistics *ipw_get_wireless_stats(struct net_device *dev)
 	/* if hw is disabled, then ipw_get_ordinal() can't be called.
 	 * netdev->get_wireless_stats seems to be called before fw is
 	 * initialized.  STATUS_ASSOCIATED will only be set if the hw is up
-	 * and associated; if not associcated, the values are all meaningless
+	 * and associated; if not associated, the values are all meaningless
 	 * anyway, so set them all to NULL and INVALID */
 	if (!(priv->status & STATUS_ASSOCIATED)) {
 		wstats->miss.beacon = 0;
diff --git a/drivers/net/wireless/intersil/hostap/hostap_hw.c b/drivers/net/wireless/intersil/hostap/hostap_hw.c
index a8a9bd8..5c2916e 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wireless/intersil/hostap/hostap_hw.c
+++ b/drivers/net/wireless/intersil/hostap/hostap_hw.c
@@ -3183,7 +3183,7 @@ prism2_init_local_data(struct prism2_helper_functions *funcs, int card_idx,
 	local->manual_retry_count = -1;
 	local->rts_threshold = 2347;
 	local->fragm_threshold = 2346;
-	local->rssi_to_dBm = 100; /* default; to be overriden by
+	local->rssi_to_dBm = 100; /* default; to be overridden by
 				   * cnfDbmAdjust, if available */
 	local->auth_algs = PRISM2_AUTH_OPEN | PRISM2_AUTH_SHARED_KEY;
 	local->sram_type = -1;
diff --git a/drivers/net/wireless/marvell/mwifiex/init.c b/drivers/net/wireless/marvell/mwifiex/init.c
index 1489c90..6dedd66 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wireless/marvell/mwifiex/init.c
+++ b/drivers/net/wireless/marvell/mwifiex/init.c
@@ -447,8 +447,7 @@ mwifiex_adapter_cleanup(struct mwifiex_adapter *adapter)
 }
 
 /*
- *  This function intializes the lock variables and
- *  the list heads.
+ *  This function initializes the lock variables and the list heads.
  */
 int mwifiex_init_lock_list(struct mwifiex_adapter *adapter)
 {
diff --git a/drivers/net/wireless/marvell/mwifiex/wmm.c b/drivers/net/wireless/marvell/mwifiex/wmm.c
index 0eb2465..f6446ec 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wireless/marvell/mwifiex/wmm.c
+++ b/drivers/net/wireless/marvell/mwifiex/wmm.c
@@ -667,8 +667,9 @@ void mwifiex_update_ralist_tx_pause(struct mwifiex_private *priv, u8 *mac,
 	spin_unlock_irqrestore(&priv->wmm.ra_list_spinlock, flags);
 }
 
-/* This function update non-tdls peer ralist tx_pause while
- * tdls channel swithing
+/*
+ * This function updates non-tdls peer ralist tx_pause while
+ * tdls channel switching
  */
 void mwifiex_update_ralist_tx_pause_in_tdls_cs(struct mwifiex_private *priv,
 					       u8 *mac, u8 tx_pause)
@@ -1152,7 +1153,8 @@ found:
 	return ptr;
 }
 
-/* This functions rotates ra and bss lists so packets are picked round robin.
+/*
+ * This function rotates ra and bss lists so packets are picked round robin.
  *
  * After a packet is successfully transmitted, rotate the ra list, so the ra
  * next to the one transmitted, will come first in the list. This way we pick
diff --git a/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2400pci.c b/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2400pci.c
index 155f343..a57b1b2 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2400pci.c
+++ b/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2400pci.c
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ static void rt2400pci_config_ant(struct rt2x00_dev *rt2x00dev,
 
 	/*
 	 * We should never come here because rt2x00lib is supposed
-	 * to catch this and send us the correct antenna explicitely.
+	 * to catch this and send us the correct antenna explicitly.
 	 */
 	BUG_ON(ant->rx == ANTENNA_SW_DIVERSITY ||
 	       ant->tx == ANTENNA_SW_DIVERSITY);
diff --git a/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2500pci.c b/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2500pci.c
index 2553cdd..22e4a57 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2500pci.c
+++ b/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2500pci.c
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ static void rt2500pci_config_ant(struct rt2x00_dev *rt2x00dev,
 
 	/*
 	 * We should never come here because rt2x00lib is supposed
-	 * to catch this and send us the correct antenna explicitely.
+	 * to catch this and send us the correct antenna explicitly.
 	 */
 	BUG_ON(ant->rx == ANTENNA_SW_DIVERSITY ||
 	       ant->tx == ANTENNA_SW_DIVERSITY);
diff --git a/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2500usb.c b/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2500usb.c
index 2d64611..5ab6c6f 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2500usb.c
+++ b/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2500usb.c
@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ static void rt2500usb_config_ant(struct rt2x00_dev *rt2x00dev,
 
 	/*
 	 * We should never come here because rt2x00lib is supposed
-	 * to catch this and send us the correct antenna explicitely.
+	 * to catch this and send us the correct antenna explicitly.
 	 */
 	BUG_ON(ant->rx == ANTENNA_SW_DIVERSITY ||
 	       ant->tx == ANTENNA_SW_DIVERSITY);
diff --git a/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2x00config.c b/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2x00config.c
index 6a1f508..62f1fb8 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2x00config.c
+++ b/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt2x00config.c
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ void rt2x00lib_config_antenna(struct rt2x00_dev *rt2x00dev,
 	 * we must update the ANTENNA_RX_DIVERSITY flag to
 	 * enable the antenna diversity in the link tuner.
 	 *
-	 * Secondly, we must guarentee we never send the
+	 * Secondly, we must guarantee we never send the
 	 * software antenna diversity command to the driver.
 	 */
 	if (!(ant->flags & ANTENNA_RX_DIVERSITY)) {
diff --git a/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt61pci.c b/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt61pci.c
index 03013eb..b49b927f0 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt61pci.c
+++ b/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt61pci.c
@@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ static void rt61pci_config_ant(struct rt2x00_dev *rt2x00dev,
 
 	/*
 	 * We should never come here because rt2x00lib is supposed
-	 * to catch this and send us the correct antenna explicitely.
+	 * to catch this and send us the correct antenna explicitly.
 	 */
 	BUG_ON(ant->rx == ANTENNA_SW_DIVERSITY ||
 	       ant->tx == ANTENNA_SW_DIVERSITY);
diff --git a/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt73usb.c b/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt73usb.c
index c1397a6..293d2da 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt73usb.c
+++ b/drivers/net/wireless/ralink/rt2x00/rt73usb.c
@@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ static void rt73usb_config_ant(struct rt2x00_dev *rt2x00dev,
 
 	/*
 	 * We should never come here because rt2x00lib is supposed
-	 * to catch this and send us the correct antenna explicitely.
+	 * to catch this and send us the correct antenna explicitly.
 	 */
 	BUG_ON(ant->rx == ANTENNA_SW_DIVERSITY ||
 	       ant->tx == ANTENNA_SW_DIVERSITY);
diff --git a/drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192se/fw.c b/drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192se/fw.c
index 331b158..0630145 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192se/fw.c
+++ b/drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8192se/fw.c
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ static u32 _rtl92s_fill_h2c_cmd(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 h2cbufferlen,
 	u8 i = 0;
 
 	do {
-		/* 8 - Byte aligment */
+		/* 8 - Byte alignment */
 		len = H2C_TX_CMD_HDR_LEN + N_BYTE_ALIGMENT(pcmd_len[i], 8);
 
 		/* Buffer length is not enough */
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ static u32 _rtl92s_get_h2c_cmdlen(u32 h2cbufferlen, u32 cmd_num, u32 *pcmd_len)
 	u8 i = 0;
 
 	do {
-		/* 8 - Byte aligment */
+		/* 8 - Byte alignment */
 		len = H2C_TX_CMD_HDR_LEN + N_BYTE_ALIGMENT(pcmd_len[i], 8);
 
 		/* Buffer length is not enough */
diff --git a/drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8821ae/fw.c b/drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8821ae/fw.c
index a4fc70e..5d4b468 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8821ae/fw.c
+++ b/drivers/net/wireless/realtek/rtlwifi/rtl8821ae/fw.c
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ static int _rtl8821ae_fw_free_to_go(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
 
 	if (counter >= FW_8821AE_POLLING_TIMEOUT_COUNT) {
 		RT_TRACE(rtlpriv, COMP_ERR, DBG_LOUD,
-			 "chksum report faill ! REG_MCUFWDL:0x%08x .\n",
+			 "chksum report fail ! REG_MCUFWDL:0x%08x .\n",
 			  value32);
 		goto exit;
 	}
@@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ void rtl8821ae_set_fw_keep_alive_cmd(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
 	RT_TRACE(rtlpriv, COMP_POWER, DBG_LOUD, "Enable(%d)\n", func_en);
 
 	SET_8812_H2CCMD_KEEP_ALIVE_ENABLE(keep_alive_info, func_en);
-	/* 1: the period is controled by driver, 0: by Fw default */
+	/* 1: the period is controlled by driver, 0: by Fw default */
 	SET_8812_H2CCMD_KEEP_ALIVE_ACCPEPT_USER_DEFINED(keep_alive_info, 1);
 	SET_8812_H2CCMD_KEEP_ALIVE_PERIOD(keep_alive_info, 10); /* 10 sec */
 
diff --git a/drivers/net/wireless/rsi/rsi_91x_main.c b/drivers/net/wireless/rsi/rsi_91x_main.c
index 8810862..c96185e 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wireless/rsi/rsi_91x_main.c
+++ b/drivers/net/wireless/rsi/rsi_91x_main.c
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ err:
 EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(rsi_91x_init);
 
 /**
- * rsi_91x_deinit() - This function de-intializes os intf operations.
+ * rsi_91x_deinit() - This function de-initializes os intf operations.
  * @adapter: Pointer to the adapter structure.
  *
  * Return: None.
diff --git a/drivers/net/wireless/rsi/rsi_91x_usb.c b/drivers/net/wireless/rsi/rsi_91x_usb.c
index ef5d394..a5b09f3 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wireless/rsi/rsi_91x_usb.c
+++ b/drivers/net/wireless/rsi/rsi_91x_usb.c
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ static int rsi_usb_reg_write(struct usb_device *usbdev,
 
 /**
  * rsi_rx_done_handler() - This function is called when a packet is received
- *			   from USB stack. This is callback to recieve done.
+ *			   from USB stack. This is callback to receive done.
  * @urb: Received URB.
  *
  * Return: None.
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ err:
 
 /**
  * rsi_disconnect() - This function performs the reverse of the probe function,
- *		      it deintialize the driver structure.
+ *		      it deinitialize the driver structure.
  * @pfunction: Pointer to the USB interface structure.
  *
  * Return: None.
diff --git a/drivers/net/wireless/st/cw1200/cw1200_sdio.c b/drivers/net/wireless/st/cw1200/cw1200_sdio.c
index d3acc85..0fdc1f1 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wireless/st/cw1200/cw1200_sdio.c
+++ b/drivers/net/wireless/st/cw1200/cw1200_sdio.c
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ static const struct sdio_device_id cw1200_sdio_ids[] = {
 	{ /* end: all zeroes */			},
 };
 
-/* hwbus_ops implemetation */
+/* hwbus_ops implementation */
 
 static int cw1200_sdio_memcpy_fromio(struct hwbus_priv *self,
 				     unsigned int addr,
diff --git a/drivers/net/wireless/ti/wl1251/acx.h b/drivers/net/wireless/ti/wl1251/acx.h
index 2bdec38..9dea667 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wireless/ti/wl1251/acx.h
+++ b/drivers/net/wireless/ti/wl1251/acx.h
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ struct acx_rx_msdu_lifetime {
  * ===		==========
  * 31:12		Reserved - Always equal to 0.
  * 11		Association - When set, the WiLink receives all association
- * 	 	related frames (association request/response, reassocation
+ * 	 	related frames (association request/response, reassociation
  *		request/response, and disassociation). When clear, these frames
  *		are discarded.
  * 10		Auth/De auth - When set, the WiLink receives all authentication
diff --git a/drivers/net/wireless/ti/wl1251/reg.h b/drivers/net/wireless/ti/wl1251/reg.h
index a580901..6df05a6 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wireless/ti/wl1251/reg.h
+++ b/drivers/net/wireless/ti/wl1251/reg.h
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ enum wl12xx_acx_int_reg {
  register to clear (acknowledge) the corresp.
  interrupt status bits in the HINT_STS_CLR and
  HINT_STS_ND registers, thus making the
- assotiated interrupt inactive. (0-no effect)
+ associated interrupt inactive. (0-no effect)
 ==============================================*/
 	ACX_REG_INTERRUPT_ACK,
 
diff --git a/drivers/net/wireless/ti/wl12xx/reg.h b/drivers/net/wireless/ti/wl12xx/reg.h
index 79ede02..de23840 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wireless/ti/wl12xx/reg.h
+++ b/drivers/net/wireless/ti/wl12xx/reg.h
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
  register to clear (acknowledge) the corresp.
  interrupt status bits in the HINT_STS_CLR and
  HINT_STS_ND registers, thus making the
- assotiated interrupt inactive. (0-no effect)
+ associated interrupt inactive. (0-no effect)
 ==============================================*/
 #define WL12XX_REG_INTERRUPT_ACK          (REGISTERS_BASE + 0x04F0)
 
diff --git a/drivers/net/wireless/ti/wlcore/init.c b/drivers/net/wireless/ti/wlcore/init.c
index d0b7734..58898b9 100644
--- a/drivers/net/wireless/ti/wlcore/init.c
+++ b/drivers/net/wireless/ti/wlcore/init.c
@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ static int wl12xx_init_sta_role(struct wl1271 *wl, struct wl12xx_vif *wlvif)
 	return 0;
 }
 
-/* vif-specific intialization */
+/* vif-specific initialization */
 static int wl12xx_init_ap_role(struct wl1271 *wl, struct wl12xx_vif *wlvif)
 {
 	int ret;
diff --git a/drivers/nfc/pn533/pn533.c b/drivers/nfc/pn533/pn533.c
index d9c5583..a966c6a 100644
--- a/drivers/nfc/pn533/pn533.c
+++ b/drivers/nfc/pn533/pn533.c
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ static int pn533_send_cmd_async(struct pn533 *dev, u8 cmd_code,
 /*
  * pn533_send_cmd_direct_async
  *
- * The function sends a piority cmd directly to the chip omiting the cmd
+ * The function sends a piority cmd directly to the chip omitting the cmd
  * queue. It's intended to be used by chaining mechanism of received responses
  * where the host has to request every single chunk of data before scheduling
  * next cmd from the queue.
diff --git a/drivers/nvme/host/rdma.c b/drivers/nvme/host/rdma.c
index 8d2875b..88024e6 100644
--- a/drivers/nvme/host/rdma.c
+++ b/drivers/nvme/host/rdma.c
@@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@ static int nvme_rdma_post_send(struct nvme_rdma_queue *queue,
 	 * sequencer is not allocated in our driver's tagset and it's
 	 * triggered to be freed by blk_cleanup_queue(). So we need to
 	 * always mark it as signaled to ensure that the "wr_cqe", which is
-	 * embeded in request's payload, is not freed when __ib_process_cq()
+	 * embedded in request's payload, is not freed when __ib_process_cq()
 	 * calls wr_cqe->done().
 	 */
 	if ((++queue->sig_count % 32) == 0 || flush)
diff --git a/drivers/pci/pci.c b/drivers/pci/pci.c
index aab9d51..560b09c 100644
--- a/drivers/pci/pci.c
+++ b/drivers/pci/pci.c
@@ -2725,7 +2725,7 @@ void pci_request_acs(void)
 }
 
 /**
- * pci_std_enable_acs - enable ACS on devices using standard ACS capabilites
+ * pci_std_enable_acs - enable ACS on devices using standard ACS capabilities
  * @dev: the PCI device
  */
 static void pci_std_enable_acs(struct pci_dev *dev)
diff --git a/drivers/pinctrl/bcm/Kconfig b/drivers/pinctrl/bcm/Kconfig
index 6324677..5691311 100644
--- a/drivers/pinctrl/bcm/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/pinctrl/bcm/Kconfig
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ config PINCTRL_CYGNUS_MUX
 
 	  The Broadcom Cygnus IOMUX driver supports group based IOMUX
 	  configuration, with the exception that certain individual pins
-	  can be overrided to GPIO function
+	  can be overridden to GPIO function
 
 config PINCTRL_NSP_GPIO
 	bool "Broadcom NSP GPIO (with PINCONF) driver"
diff --git a/drivers/pinctrl/pinconf.c b/drivers/pinctrl/pinconf.c
index 799048f..286d739 100644
--- a/drivers/pinctrl/pinconf.c
+++ b/drivers/pinctrl/pinconf.c
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ void pinconf_show_setting(struct seq_file *s,
 	}
 
 	/*
-	 * FIXME: We should really get the pin controler to dump the config
+	 * FIXME: We should really get the pin controller to dump the config
 	 * values, so they can be decoded to something meaningful.
 	 */
 	pinconf_show_config(s, pctldev, setting->data.configs.configs,
diff --git a/drivers/platform/x86/thinkpad_acpi.c b/drivers/platform/x86/thinkpad_acpi.c
index b65ce75..29cba31 100644
--- a/drivers/platform/x86/thinkpad_acpi.c
+++ b/drivers/platform/x86/thinkpad_acpi.c
@@ -7040,7 +7040,7 @@ static bool software_mute_active;
 static int software_mute_orig_mode;
 
 /*
- * Used to syncronize writers to TP_EC_AUDIO and
+ * Used to synchronize writers to TP_EC_AUDIO and
  * TP_NVRAM_ADDR_MIXER, as we need to do read-modify-write
  */
 static struct mutex volume_mutex;
@@ -9586,7 +9586,7 @@ MODULE_PARM_DESC(volume_mode,
 
 module_param_named(volume_capabilities, volume_capabilities, uint, 0444);
 MODULE_PARM_DESC(volume_capabilities,
-		 "Selects the mixer capabilites: "
+		 "Selects the mixer capabilities: "
 		 "0=auto, 1=volume and mute, 2=mute only");
 
 module_param_named(volume_control, volume_control_allowed, bool, 0444);
diff --git a/drivers/power/avs/smartreflex.c b/drivers/power/avs/smartreflex.c
index db9973b..6299601 100644
--- a/drivers/power/avs/smartreflex.c
+++ b/drivers/power/avs/smartreflex.c
@@ -195,10 +195,10 @@ static void sr_stop_vddautocomp(struct omap_sr *sr)
 }
 
 /*
- * This function handles the intializations which have to be done
+ * This function handles the initializations which have to be done
  * only when both sr device and class driver regiter has
  * completed. This will be attempted to be called from both sr class
- * driver register and sr device intializtion API's. Only one call
+ * driver register and sr device initializtion API's. Only one call
  * will ultimately succeed.
  *
  * Currently this function registers interrupt handler for a particular SR
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ int sr_register_class(struct omap_sr_class_data *class_data)
 	sr_class = class_data;
 
 	/*
-	 * Call into late init to do intializations that require
+	 * Call into late init to do initializations that require
 	 * both sr driver and sr class driver to be initiallized.
 	 */
 	list_for_each_entry(sr_info, &sr_list, node)
@@ -906,7 +906,7 @@ static int __init omap_sr_probe(struct platform_device *pdev)
 	list_add(&sr_info->node, &sr_list);
 
 	/*
-	 * Call into late init to do intializations that require
+	 * Call into late init to do initializations that require
 	 * both sr driver and sr class driver to be initiallized.
 	 */
 	if (sr_class) {
diff --git a/drivers/regulator/ti-abb-regulator.c b/drivers/regulator/ti-abb-regulator.c
index d2f9942..f8343e6 100644
--- a/drivers/regulator/ti-abb-regulator.c
+++ b/drivers/regulator/ti-abb-regulator.c
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 /**
  * struct ti_abb_info - ABB information per voltage setting
  * @opp_sel:	one of TI_ABB macro
- * @vset:	(optional) vset value that LDOVBB needs to be overriden with.
+ * @vset:	(optional) vset value that LDOVBB needs to be overridden with.
  *
  * Array of per voltage entries organized in the same order as regulator_desc's
  * volt_table list. (selector is used to index from this array)
@@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(of, ti_abb_of_match);
  * @pdev: ABB platform device
  *
  * Initializes an individual ABB LDO for required Body-Bias. ABB is used to
- * addional bias supply to SoC modules for power savings or mandatory stability
+ * additional bias supply to SoC modules for power savings or mandatory stability
  * configuration at certain Operating Performance Points(OPPs).
  *
  * Return: 0 on success or appropriate error value when fails
diff --git a/drivers/scsi/aic7xxx/aic79xx.h b/drivers/scsi/aic7xxx/aic79xx.h
index d47b527..20e6449 100644
--- a/drivers/scsi/aic7xxx/aic79xx.h
+++ b/drivers/scsi/aic7xxx/aic79xx.h
@@ -840,8 +840,8 @@ struct seeprom_config {
  * BIOS Control Bits
  */
 	uint16_t bios_control;		/* word 16 */
-#define		CFSUPREM	0x0001	/* support all removeable drives */
-#define		CFSUPREMB	0x0002	/* support removeable boot drives */
+#define		CFSUPREM	0x0001	/* support all removable drives */
+#define		CFSUPREMB	0x0002	/* support removable boot drives */
 #define		CFBIOSSTATE	0x000C	/* BIOS Action State */
 #define		    CFBS_DISABLED	0x00
 #define		    CFBS_ENABLED	0x04
@@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ struct ahd_softc {
 	uint8_t			  tqinfifonext;
 
 	/*
-	 * Cached verson of the hs_mailbox so we can avoid
+	 * Cached version of the hs_mailbox so we can avoid
 	 * pausing the sequencer during mailbox updates.
 	 */
 	uint8_t			  hs_mailbox;
diff --git a/drivers/scsi/aic7xxx/aic79xx_osm.c b/drivers/scsi/aic7xxx/aic79xx_osm.c
index 2588b8f..ff811fb 100644
--- a/drivers/scsi/aic7xxx/aic79xx_osm.c
+++ b/drivers/scsi/aic7xxx/aic79xx_osm.c
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ static adapter_tag_info_t aic79xx_tag_info[] =
 
 /*
  * The I/O cell on the chip is very configurable in respect to its analog
- * characteristics.  Set the defaults here; they can be overriden with
+ * characteristics.  Set the defaults here; they can be overridden with
  * the proper insmod parameters.
  */
 struct ahd_linux_iocell_opts
diff --git a/drivers/scsi/bfa/bfa_defs.h b/drivers/scsi/bfa/bfa_defs.h
index 5dc3782..5480f6b 100644
--- a/drivers/scsi/bfa/bfa_defs.h
+++ b/drivers/scsi/bfa/bfa_defs.h
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ struct bfa_boot_bootlun_s {
 #pragma pack()
 
 /*
- * BOOT boot configuraton
+ * BOOT boot configuration
  */
 struct bfa_boot_cfg_s {
 	u8		version;
diff --git a/drivers/scsi/bfa/bfa_defs_svc.h b/drivers/scsi/bfa/bfa_defs_svc.h
index e81707f..14d6b43 100644
--- a/drivers/scsi/bfa/bfa_defs_svc.h
+++ b/drivers/scsi/bfa/bfa_defs_svc.h
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ struct bfa_iocfc_intr_attr_s {
 };
 
 /*
- * IOC firmware configuraton
+ * IOC firmware configuration
  */
 struct bfa_iocfc_fwcfg_s {
 	u16		num_fabrics;	/*  number of fabrics		*/
diff --git a/drivers/scsi/bfa/bfa_ioc_ct.c b/drivers/scsi/bfa/bfa_ioc_ct.c
index 651a8fb..326f325 100644
--- a/drivers/scsi/bfa/bfa_ioc_ct.c
+++ b/drivers/scsi/bfa/bfa_ioc_ct.c
@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ bfa_ioc_ct2_sclk_init(void __iomem *rb)
 
 	/*
 	 * Ignore mode and program for the max clock (which is FC16)
-	 * Firmware/NFC will do the PLL init appropiately
+	 * Firmware/NFC will do the PLL init appropriately
 	 */
 	r32 = readl((rb + CT2_APP_PLL_SCLK_CTL_REG));
 	r32 &= ~(__APP_PLL_SCLK_REFCLK_SEL | __APP_PLL_SCLK_CLK_DIV2);
diff --git a/drivers/scsi/bfa/bfi_ms.h b/drivers/scsi/bfa/bfi_ms.h
index ae5bfe0..ccbd9e3 100644
--- a/drivers/scsi/bfa/bfi_ms.h
+++ b/drivers/scsi/bfa/bfi_ms.h
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ struct bfi_ioim_req_s {
 
 	/*
 	 * SG elements array within the IO request must be double word
-	 * aligned. This aligment is required to optimize SGM setup for the IO.
+	 * aligned. This alignment is required to optimize SGM setup for the IO.
 	 */
 	struct bfi_sge_s	sges[BFI_SGE_INLINE_MAX];
 	u8	io_timeout;
diff --git a/drivers/scsi/csiostor/csio_mb.c b/drivers/scsi/csiostor/csio_mb.c
index 9451787..4c30238 100644
--- a/drivers/scsi/csiostor/csio_mb.c
+++ b/drivers/scsi/csiostor/csio_mb.c
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ csio_mb_caps_config(struct csio_hw *hw, struct csio_mb *mbp, uint32_t tmo,
  * @portid: Port ID to get/set info
  * @wr: Write/Read PORT information.
  * @fc: Flow control
- * @caps: Port capabilites to set.
+ * @caps: Port capabilities to set.
  * @cbfn: Callback, if any.
  *
  */
diff --git a/drivers/scsi/ipr.c b/drivers/scsi/ipr.c
index 17d04c7..8e66747 100644
--- a/drivers/scsi/ipr.c
+++ b/drivers/scsi/ipr.c
@@ -9247,7 +9247,7 @@ static pci_ers_result_t ipr_pci_error_detected(struct pci_dev *pdev,
  * ipr_probe_ioa_part2 - Initializes IOAs found in ipr_probe_ioa(..)
  * @ioa_cfg:	ioa cfg struct
  *
- * Description: This is the second phase of adapter intialization
+ * Description: This is the second phase of adapter initialization
  * This function takes care of initilizing the adapter to the point
  * where it can accept new commands.
 
diff --git a/drivers/scsi/lpfc/lpfc_sli.c b/drivers/scsi/lpfc/lpfc_sli.c
index 7080ce2..152c0c3 100644
--- a/drivers/scsi/lpfc/lpfc_sli.c
+++ b/drivers/scsi/lpfc/lpfc_sli.c
@@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ lpfc_test_rrq_active(struct lpfc_hba *phba, struct lpfc_nodelist *ndlp,
  *
  * This function takes the hbalock.
  * The active bit is always set in the active rrq xri_bitmap even
- * if there is no slot avaiable for the other rrq information.
+ * if there is no slot available for the other rrq information.
  *
  * returns 0 rrq actived for this xri
  *         < 0 No memory or invalid ndlp.
@@ -4503,7 +4503,7 @@ lpfc_sli4_rb_setup(struct lpfc_hba *phba)
  * @phba: Pointer to HBA context object.
  * @sli_mode: sli mode - 2/3
  *
- * This function is called by the sli intialization code path
+ * This function is called by the sli initialization code path
  * to issue config_port mailbox command. This function restarts the
  * HBA firmware and issues a config_port mailbox command to configure
  * the SLI interface in the sli mode specified by sli_mode
@@ -4643,11 +4643,11 @@ do_prep_failed:
 
 
 /**
- * lpfc_sli_hba_setup - SLI intialization function
+ * lpfc_sli_hba_setup - SLI initialization function
  * @phba: Pointer to HBA context object.
  *
- * This function is the main SLI intialization function. This function
- * is called by the HBA intialization code, HBA reset code and HBA
+ * This function is the main SLI initialization function. This function
+ * is called by the HBA initialization code, HBA reset code and HBA
  * error attention handler code. Caller is not required to hold any
  * locks. This function issues config_port mailbox command to configure
  * the SLI, setup iocb rings and HBQ rings. In the end the function
@@ -6273,7 +6273,7 @@ lpfc_sli4_repost_els_sgl_list(struct lpfc_hba *phba)
 	/* free the els sgls failed to post */
 	lpfc_free_sgl_list(phba, &free_sgl_list);
 
-	/* push els sgls posted to the availble list */
+	/* push els sgls posted to the available list */
 	if (!list_empty(&post_sgl_list)) {
 		spin_lock_irq(&phba->hbalock);
 		spin_lock(&pring->ring_lock);
@@ -6290,11 +6290,11 @@ lpfc_sli4_repost_els_sgl_list(struct lpfc_hba *phba)
 }
 
 /**
- * lpfc_sli4_hba_setup - SLI4 device intialization PCI function
+ * lpfc_sli4_hba_setup - SLI4 device initialization PCI function
  * @phba: Pointer to HBA context object.
  *
- * This function is the main SLI4 device intialization PCI function. This
- * function is called by the HBA intialization code, HBA reset code and
+ * This function is the main SLI4 device initialization PCI function. This
+ * function is called by the HBA initialization code, HBA reset code and
  * HBA error attention handler code. Caller is not required to hold any
  * locks.
  **/
@@ -8134,7 +8134,7 @@ __lpfc_sli_issue_iocb_s3(struct lpfc_hba *phba, uint32_t ring_number,
  * If the IOCB contains a BPL then the list of BDE's is
  * converted to sli4_sge's. If the IOCB contains a single
  * BDE then it is converted to a single sli_sge.
- * The IOCB is still in cpu endianess so the contents of
+ * The IOCB is still in cpu endianness so the contents of
  * the bpl can be used without byte swapping.
  *
  * Returns valid XRI = Success, NO_XRI = Failure.
@@ -11384,7 +11384,7 @@ unplug_error:
  * device-level interrupt handler. When the PCI slot is in error recovery
  * or the HBA is undergoing initialization, the interrupt handler will not
  * process the interrupt. The SCSI FCP fast-path ring event are handled in
- * the intrrupt context. This function is called without any lock held.
+ * the interrupt context. This function is called without any lock held.
  * It gets the hbalock to access and update SLI data structures.
  *
  * This function returns IRQ_HANDLED when interrupt is handled else it
@@ -12675,7 +12675,7 @@ lpfc_sli4_fof_handle_eqe(struct lpfc_hba *phba, struct lpfc_eqe *eqe)
  * device-level interrupt handler. When the PCI slot is in error recovery
  * or the HBA is undergoing initialization, the interrupt handler will not
  * process the interrupt. The Flash Optimized Fabric ring event are handled in
- * the intrrupt context. This function is called without any lock held.
+ * the interrupt context. This function is called without any lock held.
  * It gets the hbalock to access and update SLI data structures. Note that,
  * the EQ to CQ are one-to-one map such that the EQ index is
  * equal to that of CQ index.
@@ -12764,7 +12764,7 @@ lpfc_sli4_fof_intr_handler(int irq, void *dev_id)
  * device-level interrupt handler. When the PCI slot is in error recovery
  * or the HBA is undergoing initialization, the interrupt handler will not
  * process the interrupt. The SCSI FCP fast-path ring event are handled in
- * the intrrupt context. This function is called without any lock held.
+ * the interrupt context. This function is called without any lock held.
  * It gets the hbalock to access and update SLI data structures. Note that,
  * the FCP EQ to FCP CQ are one-to-one map such that the FCP EQ index is
  * equal to that of FCP CQ index.
@@ -16521,7 +16521,7 @@ next_priority:
 		/*
 		 * If next fcf index is not found check if there are lower
 		 * Priority level fcf's in the fcf_priority list.
-		 * Set up the rr_bmask with all of the avaiable fcf bits
+		 * Set up the rr_bmask with all of the available fcf bits
 		 * at that level and continue the selection process.
 		 */
 		if (lpfc_check_next_fcf_pri_level(phba))
diff --git a/drivers/scsi/mpt3sas/Kconfig b/drivers/scsi/mpt3sas/Kconfig
index b736dbc..bb09d60 100644
--- a/drivers/scsi/mpt3sas/Kconfig
+++ b/drivers/scsi/mpt3sas/Kconfig
@@ -78,5 +78,5 @@ config SCSI_MPT2SAS
 	select SCSI_MPT3SAS
 	depends on PCI && SCSI
 	---help---
-	Dummy config option for backwards compatiblity: configure the MPT3SAS
+	Dummy config option for backwards compatibility: configure the MPT3SAS
 	driver instead.
diff --git a/drivers/scsi/mpt3sas/mpt3sas_ctl.c b/drivers/scsi/mpt3sas/mpt3sas_ctl.c
index 7d00f09..713498a 100644
--- a/drivers/scsi/mpt3sas/mpt3sas_ctl.c
+++ b/drivers/scsi/mpt3sas/mpt3sas_ctl.c
@@ -2603,7 +2603,7 @@ static DEVICE_ATTR(board_tracer, S_IRUGO, _ctl_board_tracer_show, NULL);
  * @cdev - pointer to embedded class device
  * @buf - the buffer returned
  *
- * This is for firmware implemention for deboucing device
+ * This is for firmware implementation for deboucing device
  * removal events.
  *
  * A sysfs 'read-only' shost attribute.
@@ -2624,7 +2624,7 @@ static DEVICE_ATTR(io_delay, S_IRUGO, _ctl_io_delay_show, NULL);
  * @cdev - pointer to embedded class device
  * @buf - the buffer returned
  *
- * This is for firmware implemention for deboucing device
+ * This is for firmware implementation for deboucing device
  * removal events.
  *
  * A sysfs 'read-only' shost attribute.
@@ -3082,7 +3082,7 @@ static DEVICE_ATTR(host_trace_buffer_enable, S_IRUGO | S_IWUSR,
 	_ctl_host_trace_buffer_enable_show,
 	_ctl_host_trace_buffer_enable_store);
 
-/*********** diagnostic trigger suppport *********************************/
+/*********** diagnostic trigger support *********************************/
 
 /**
  * _ctl_diag_trigger_master_show - show the diag_trigger_master attribute
@@ -3299,7 +3299,7 @@ _ctl_diag_trigger_mpi_store(struct device *cdev,
 static DEVICE_ATTR(diag_trigger_mpi, S_IRUGO | S_IWUSR,
 	_ctl_diag_trigger_mpi_show, _ctl_diag_trigger_mpi_store);
 
-/*********** diagnostic trigger suppport *** END ****************************/
+/*********** diagnostic trigger support *** END ****************************/
 
 
 
diff --git a/drivers/scsi/mpt3sas/mpt3sas_scsih.c b/drivers/scsi/mpt3sas/mpt3sas_scsih.c
index cd91a68..21a672a 100644
--- a/drivers/scsi/mpt3sas/mpt3sas_scsih.c
+++ b/drivers/scsi/mpt3sas/mpt3sas_scsih.c
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ _scsih_get_sas_address(struct MPT3SAS_ADAPTER *ioc, u16 handle,
 		return 0;
 	}
 
-	/* we hit this becuase the given parent handle doesn't exist */
+	/* we hit this because the given parent handle doesn't exist */
 	if (ioc_status == MPI2_IOCSTATUS_CONFIG_INVALID_PAGE)
 		return -ENXIO;
 
@@ -2951,7 +2951,7 @@ _scsih_ublock_io_device(struct MPT3SAS_ADAPTER *ioc, u64 sas_address)
  * @ioc: per adapter object
  * @handle: device handle
  *
- * During device pull we need to appropiately set the sdev state.
+ * During device pull we need to appropriately set the sdev state.
  */
 static void
 _scsih_block_io_all_device(struct MPT3SAS_ADAPTER *ioc)
@@ -2980,7 +2980,7 @@ _scsih_block_io_all_device(struct MPT3SAS_ADAPTER *ioc)
  * @ioc: per adapter object
  * @handle: device handle
  *
- * During device pull we need to appropiately set the sdev state.
+ * During device pull we need to appropriately set the sdev state.
  */
 static void
 _scsih_block_io_device(struct MPT3SAS_ADAPTER *ioc, u16 handle)
@@ -4080,7 +4080,7 @@ scsih_qcmd(struct Scsi_Host *shost, struct scsi_cmnd *scmd)
 		scmd->result = DID_NO_CONNECT << 16;
 		scmd->scsi_done(scmd);
 		return 0;
-	/* device busy with task managment */
+	/* device busy with task management */
 	} else if (sas_target_priv_data->tm_busy ||
 	    sas_device_priv_data->block)
 		return SCSI_MLQUEUE_DEVICE_BUSY;
@@ -8448,7 +8448,7 @@ _scsih_probe_devices(struct MPT3SAS_ADAPTER *ioc)
  * @shost: SCSI host pointer
  *
  * The shost has the ability to discover targets on its own instead
- * of scanning the entire bus.  In our implemention, we will kick off
+ * of scanning the entire bus.  In our implementation, we will kick off
  * firmware discovery.
  */
 void
@@ -8474,8 +8474,8 @@ scsih_scan_start(struct Scsi_Host *shost)
  * @shost: SCSI host pointer
  * @time: elapsed time of the scan in jiffies
  *
- * This function will be called periodicallyn until it returns 1 with the
- * scsi_host and the elapsed time of the scan in jiffies. In our implemention,
+ * This function will be called periodically until it returns 1 with the
+ * scsi_host and the elapsed time of the scan in jiffies. In our implementation,
  * we wait for firmware discovery to complete, then return 1.
  */
 int
@@ -9160,10 +9160,10 @@ scsih_init(void)
 
 	mpt3sas_base_initialize_callback_handler();
 
-	 /* queuecommand callback hander */
+	 /* queuecommand callback handler */
 	scsi_io_cb_idx = mpt3sas_base_register_callback_handler(_scsih_io_done);
 
-	/* task managment callback handler */
+	/* task management callback handler */
 	tm_cb_idx = mpt3sas_base_register_callback_handler(_scsih_tm_done);
 
 	/* base internal commands callback handler */
diff --git a/drivers/scsi/osd/osd_initiator.c b/drivers/scsi/osd/osd_initiator.c
index 2f2a991..4dc3999 100644
--- a/drivers/scsi/osd/osd_initiator.c
+++ b/drivers/scsi/osd/osd_initiator.c
@@ -1675,7 +1675,7 @@ int osd_finalize_request(struct osd_request *or,
 		}
 	} else {
 		/* TODO: I think that for the GET_ATTR command these 2 should
-		 * be reversed to keep them in execution order (for embeded
+		 * be reversed to keep them in execution order (for embedded
 		 * targets with low memory footprint)
 		 */
 		ret = _osd_req_finalize_set_attr_list(or);
diff --git a/drivers/scsi/pm8001/pm8001_init.c b/drivers/scsi/pm8001/pm8001_init.c
index 9fc675f..4754bd2 100644
--- a/drivers/scsi/pm8001/pm8001_init.c
+++ b/drivers/scsi/pm8001/pm8001_init.c
@@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ intx:
  * @ent: pci device id
  *
  * This function is the main initialization function, when register a new
- * pci driver it is invoked, all struct an hardware initilization should be done
+ * pci driver it is invoked, all struct an hardware initialization should be done
  * here, also, register interrupt
  */
 static int pm8001_pci_probe(struct pci_dev *pdev,
diff --git a/drivers/scsi/pmcraid.c b/drivers/scsi/pmcraid.c
index b2a8820..0de762d 100644
--- a/drivers/scsi/pmcraid.c
+++ b/drivers/scsi/pmcraid.c
@@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ static void _pmcraid_fire_command(struct pmcraid_cmd *cmd)
 	unsigned long lock_flags;
 
 	/* Add this command block to pending cmd pool. We do this prior to
-	 * writting IOARCB to ioarrin because IOA might complete the command
+	 * writing IOARCB to ioarrin because IOA might complete the command
 	 * by the time we are about to add it to the list. Response handler
 	 * (isr/tasklet) looks for cmd block in the pending pending list.
 	 */
@@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ static int pmcraid_notify_aen(
 		return -EINVAL;
 	}
 
-	/* send genetlink multicast message to notify appplications */
+	/* send genetlink multicast message to notify applications */
 	genlmsg_end(skb, msg_header);
 
 	result = genlmsg_multicast(&pmcraid_event_family, skb,
@@ -2500,7 +2500,7 @@ static void pmcraid_request_sense(struct pmcraid_cmd *cmd)
 
 	/* request sense might be called as part of error response processing
 	 * which runs in tasklets context. It is possible that mid-layer might
-	 * schedule queuecommand during this time, hence, writting to IOARRIN
+	 * schedule queuecommand during this time, hence, writing to IOARRIN
 	 * must be protect by host_lock
 	 */
 	pmcraid_send_cmd(cmd, pmcraid_erp_done,
diff --git a/drivers/scsi/qla2xxx/qla_os.c b/drivers/scsi/qla2xxx/qla_os.c
index 2674f4c..e8369a7 100644
--- a/drivers/scsi/qla2xxx/qla_os.c
+++ b/drivers/scsi/qla2xxx/qla_os.c
@@ -6014,7 +6014,7 @@ qla2x00_module_init(void)
 		return ret;
 	} else if (ret > 0) {
 		/*
-		 * If initiator mode is explictly disabled by qlt_init(),
+		 * If initiator mode is explicitly disabled by qlt_init(),
 		 * prevent scsi_transport_fc.c:fc_scsi_scan_rport() from
 		 * performing scsi_scan_target() during LOOP UP event.
 		 */
diff --git a/drivers/scsi/qla2xxx/qla_target.c b/drivers/scsi/qla2xxx/qla_target.c
index bff9689..f66b611 100644
--- a/drivers/scsi/qla2xxx/qla_target.c
+++ b/drivers/scsi/qla2xxx/qla_target.c
@@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ static struct qla_tgt_sess *qlt_create_sess(
 
 	/*
 	 * Determine if this fc_port->port_name is allowed to access
-	 * target mode using explict NodeACLs+MappedLUNs, or using
+	 * target mode using explicit NodeACLs+MappedLUNs, or using
 	 * TPG demo mode.  If this is successful a target mode FC nexus
 	 * is created.
 	 */
@@ -2798,7 +2798,7 @@ int qlt_xmit_response(struct qla_tgt_cmd *cmd, int xmit_type,
 			    CTIO7_FLAGS_DONT_RET_CTIO);
 
 			/* qlt_24xx_init_ctio_to_isp will correct
-			 * all neccessary fields that's part of CTIO7.
+			 * all necessary fields that's part of CTIO7.
 			 * There should be no residual of CTIO-CRC2 data.
 			 */
 			qlt_24xx_init_ctio_to_isp((struct ctio7_to_24xx *)ctio,
@@ -5657,7 +5657,7 @@ static void qlt_response_pkt(struct scsi_qla_host *vha, response_t *pkt)
 					 * received and processed.
 					 * Unfortunately, the firmware has a
 					 * silly requirement that all aborted
-					 * exchanges must be explicitely
+					 * exchanges must be explicitly
 					 * terminated, otherwise it refuses to
 					 * send responses for the abort
 					 * requests. So, we have to
diff --git a/drivers/scsi/qla2xxx/tcm_qla2xxx.c b/drivers/scsi/qla2xxx/tcm_qla2xxx.c
index 6643f6f..010a90d 100644
--- a/drivers/scsi/qla2xxx/tcm_qla2xxx.c
+++ b/drivers/scsi/qla2xxx/tcm_qla2xxx.c
@@ -1459,13 +1459,13 @@ static int tcm_qla2xxx_check_initiator_node_acl(
 		return -EINVAL;
 	}
 	/*
-	 * Format the FCP Initiator port_name into colon seperated values to
-	 * match the format by tcm_qla2xxx explict ConfigFS NodeACLs.
+	 * Format the FCP Initiator port_name into colon separated values to
+	 * match the format by tcm_qla2xxx explicit ConfigFS NodeACLs.
 	 */
 	memset(&port_name, 0, 36);
 	snprintf(port_name, sizeof(port_name), "%8phC", fc_wwpn);
 	/*
-	 * Locate our struct se_node_acl either from an explict NodeACL created
+	 * Locate our struct se_node_acl either from an explicit NodeACL created
 	 * via ConfigFS, or via running in TPG demo mode.
 	 */
 	se_sess = target_alloc_session(&tpg->se_tpg, num_tags,
@@ -1738,7 +1738,7 @@ static struct se_wwn *tcm_qla2xxx_npiv_make_lport(
 
 	p = strchr(tmp, '@');
 	if (!p) {
-		pr_err("Unable to locate NPIV '@' seperator\n");
+		pr_err("Unable to locate NPIV '@' separator\n");
 		return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL);
 	}
 	*p++ = '\0';
diff --git a/drivers/scsi/scsi_transport_sas.c b/drivers/scsi/scsi_transport_sas.c
index 3f0ff07..2011fbd 100644
--- a/drivers/scsi/scsi_transport_sas.c
+++ b/drivers/scsi/scsi_transport_sas.c
@@ -1478,7 +1478,7 @@ static void sas_end_device_release(struct device *dev)
 }
 
 /**
- * sas_rphy_initialize - common rphy intialization
+ * sas_rphy_initialize - common rphy initialization
  * @rphy:	rphy to initialise
  *
  * Used by both sas_end_device_alloc() and sas_expander_alloc() to
diff --git a/drivers/scsi/storvsc_drv.c b/drivers/scsi/storvsc_drv.c
index 8ccfc9e..d7d2a5b 100644
--- a/drivers/scsi/storvsc_drv.c
+++ b/drivers/scsi/storvsc_drv.c
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ static const struct vmstor_protocol vmstor_protocols[] = {
 
 
 /*
- * This structure is sent during the intialization phase to get the different
+ * This structure is sent during the initialization phase to get the different
  * properties of the channel.
  */
 
diff --git a/drivers/scsi/sym53c8xx_2/sym53c8xx.h b/drivers/scsi/sym53c8xx_2/sym53c8xx.h
index 62d29cf..03eb00d 100644
--- a/drivers/scsi/sym53c8xx_2/sym53c8xx.h
+++ b/drivers/scsi/sym53c8xx_2/sym53c8xx.h
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ struct sym_driver_setup {
 /*
  *  Initial setup.
  *
- *  Can be overriden at startup by a command line.
+ *  Can be overridden at startup by a command line.
  */
 #define SYM_LINUX_DRIVER_SETUP	{				\
 	.max_tag	= CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_DEFAULT_TAGS,	\
diff --git a/drivers/spi/spi-omap2-mcspi.c b/drivers/spi/spi-omap2-mcspi.c
index d5157b2..72b9063 100644
--- a/drivers/spi/spi-omap2-mcspi.c
+++ b/drivers/spi/spi-omap2-mcspi.c
@@ -1217,7 +1217,7 @@ static int omap2_mcspi_transfer_one(struct spi_master *master,
 		omap2_mcspi_set_fifo(spi, t, 0);
 
 out:
-	/* Restore defaults if they were overriden */
+	/* Restore defaults if they were overridden */
 	if (par_override) {
 		par_override = 0;
 		status = omap2_mcspi_setup_transfer(spi, NULL);
diff --git a/drivers/staging/gs_fpgaboot/gs_fpgaboot.h b/drivers/staging/gs_fpgaboot/gs_fpgaboot.h
index 8cc3255..98437fe 100644
--- a/drivers/staging/gs_fpgaboot/gs_fpgaboot.h
+++ b/drivers/staging/gs_fpgaboot/gs_fpgaboot.h
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ struct fpgaimage {
 	const struct	firmware	*fw_entry;
 
 	/*
-	 * the followings can be read from bitstream,
+	 * the following can be read from bitstream,
 	 * but other image format should have as well
 	 */
 	char	filename[MAX_STR];
diff --git a/drivers/staging/ks7010/ks7010_sdio.c b/drivers/staging/ks7010/ks7010_sdio.c
index b7337fd..0f71252 100644
--- a/drivers/staging/ks7010/ks7010_sdio.c
+++ b/drivers/staging/ks7010/ks7010_sdio.c
@@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ static int ks7010_sdio_probe(struct sdio_func *func,
 	priv = NULL;
 	netdev = NULL;
 
-	/* initilize ks_sdio_card */
+	/* initialize ks_sdio_card */
 	card = kzalloc(sizeof(struct ks_sdio_card), GFP_KERNEL);
 	if (!card)
 		return -ENOMEM;
diff --git a/drivers/staging/lustre/lnet/klnds/o2iblnd/o2iblnd.c b/drivers/staging/lustre/lnet/klnds/o2iblnd/o2iblnd.c
index 4f5978b..5e1141f 100644
--- a/drivers/staging/lustre/lnet/klnds/o2iblnd/o2iblnd.c
+++ b/drivers/staging/lustre/lnet/klnds/o2iblnd/o2iblnd.c
@@ -1487,7 +1487,7 @@ out_fpo:
 static void kiblnd_fail_fmr_poolset(struct kib_fmr_poolset *fps,
 				    struct list_head *zombies)
 {
-	if (!fps->fps_net) /* intialized? */
+	if (!fps->fps_net) /* initialized? */
 		return;
 
 	spin_lock(&fps->fps_lock);
@@ -1810,7 +1810,7 @@ static void kiblnd_destroy_pool_list(struct list_head *head)
 
 static void kiblnd_fail_poolset(struct kib_poolset *ps, struct list_head *zombies)
 {
-	if (!ps->ps_net) /* intialized? */
+	if (!ps->ps_net) /* initialized? */
 		return;
 
 	spin_lock(&ps->ps_lock);
diff --git a/drivers/staging/media/davinci_vpfe/vpfe_mc_capture.c b/drivers/staging/media/davinci_vpfe/vpfe_mc_capture.c
index bf077f8..dfdcc90 100644
--- a/drivers/staging/media/davinci_vpfe/vpfe_mc_capture.c
+++ b/drivers/staging/media/davinci_vpfe/vpfe_mc_capture.c
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ static void vpfe_cleanup_modules(struct vpfe_device *vpfe_dev,
  * @vpfe_dev - ptr to vpfe capture device
  * @pdev - pointer to platform device
  *
- * intialize all v4l2 subdevs and media entities
+ * initialize all v4l2 subdevs and media entities
  */
 static int vpfe_initialize_modules(struct vpfe_device *vpfe_dev,
 				   struct platform_device *pdev)
diff --git a/drivers/staging/rtl8192u/ieee80211/ieee80211.h b/drivers/staging/rtl8192u/ieee80211/ieee80211.h
index 09e9499..2afd93f 100644
--- a/drivers/staging/rtl8192u/ieee80211/ieee80211.h
+++ b/drivers/staging/rtl8192u/ieee80211/ieee80211.h
@@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@ struct ieee80211_device {
 
 	/* ask to the driver to retune the radio .
 	 * This function can sleep. the driver should ensure
-	 * the radio has been swithced before return.
+	 * the radio has been switched before return.
 	 */
 	void (*set_chan)(struct net_device *dev, short ch);
 
@@ -1954,7 +1954,7 @@ struct ieee80211_device {
 	 * The syncro version is similar to the start_scan but
 	 * does not return until all channels has been scanned.
 	 * this is called in user context and should sleep,
-	 * it is called in a work_queue when swithcing to ad-hoc mode
+	 * it is called in a work_queue when switching to ad-hoc mode
 	 * or in behalf of iwlist scan when the card is associated
 	 * and root user ask for a scan.
 	 * the function stop_scan should stop both the syncro and
diff --git a/drivers/staging/rtl8192u/ieee80211/ieee80211_softmac.c b/drivers/staging/rtl8192u/ieee80211/ieee80211_softmac.c
index 49db1b7..7f627ae 100644
--- a/drivers/staging/rtl8192u/ieee80211/ieee80211_softmac.c
+++ b/drivers/staging/rtl8192u/ieee80211/ieee80211_softmac.c
@@ -2355,7 +2355,7 @@ static void ieee80211_start_ibss_wq(struct work_struct *work)
 //	if((IS_DOT11D_ENABLE(ieee)) && (ieee->state == IEEE80211_NOLINK))
 	if (ieee->state == IEEE80211_NOLINK)
 		ieee->current_network.channel = 6;
-	/* if not then the state is not linked. Maybe the user swithced to
+	/* if not then the state is not linked. Maybe the user switched to
 	 * ad-hoc mode just after being in monitor mode, or just after
 	 * being very few time in managed mode (so the card have had no
 	 * time to scan all the chans..) or we have just run up the iface
diff --git a/drivers/staging/rtl8192u/ieee80211/ieee80211_wx.c b/drivers/staging/rtl8192u/ieee80211/ieee80211_wx.c
index 563d7fe..c50e73b 100644
--- a/drivers/staging/rtl8192u/ieee80211/ieee80211_wx.c
+++ b/drivers/staging/rtl8192u/ieee80211/ieee80211_wx.c
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ int ieee80211_wx_set_encode(struct ieee80211_device *ieee,
 				       (*crypt)->priv);
 		sec.flags |= (1 << key);
 		/* This ensures a key will be activated if no key is
-		 * explicitely set */
+		 * explicitly set */
 		if (key == sec.active_key)
 			sec.flags |= SEC_ACTIVE_KEY;
 		ieee->tx_keyidx = key;
diff --git a/drivers/staging/rtl8192u/r819xU_cmdpkt.h b/drivers/staging/rtl8192u/r819xU_cmdpkt.h
index f490e25..ed3b389 100644
--- a/drivers/staging/rtl8192u/r819xU_cmdpkt.h
+++ b/drivers/staging/rtl8192u/r819xU_cmdpkt.h
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ typedef struct tag_cmd_pkt_set_configuration {
 	u32	mask;
 } cmpk_set_cfg_t;
 
-/* 4. Both side : TX/RX query configuraton packet. The query structure is the
+/* 4. Both side : TX/RX query configuration packet. The query structure is the
       same as set configuration. */
 #define		cmpk_query_cfg_t	cmpk_set_cfg_t
 
diff --git a/drivers/staging/wilc1000/linux_wlan.c b/drivers/staging/wilc1000/linux_wlan.c
index 3a66255..2ae4bc7 100644
--- a/drivers/staging/wilc1000/linux_wlan.c
+++ b/drivers/staging/wilc1000/linux_wlan.c
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ static void deinit_irq(struct net_device *dev)
 	vif = netdev_priv(dev);
 	wilc = vif->wilc;
 
-	/* Deintialize IRQ */
+	/* Deinitialize IRQ */
 	if (wilc->dev_irq_num) {
 		free_irq(wilc->dev_irq_num, wilc);
 		gpio_free(wilc->gpio);
diff --git a/drivers/staging/wilc1000/wilc_wfi_cfgoperations.c b/drivers/staging/wilc1000/wilc_wfi_cfgoperations.c
index 9092600..5955e74 100644
--- a/drivers/staging/wilc1000/wilc_wfi_cfgoperations.c
+++ b/drivers/staging/wilc1000/wilc_wfi_cfgoperations.c
@@ -2359,7 +2359,7 @@ int wilc_deinit_host_int(struct net_device *net)
 		del_timer_sync(&wilc_during_ip_timer);
 
 	if (s32Error)
-		netdev_err(net, "Error while deintializing host interface\n");
+		netdev_err(net, "Error while deinitializing host interface\n");
 
 	return s32Error;
 }
diff --git a/drivers/target/iscsi/iscsi_target.c b/drivers/target/iscsi/iscsi_target.c
index 39b928c..6e66016 100644
--- a/drivers/target/iscsi/iscsi_target.c
+++ b/drivers/target/iscsi/iscsi_target.c
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ void iscsit_put_tiqn_for_login(struct iscsi_tiqn *tiqn)
 
 /*
  * Note that IQN formatting is expected to be done in userspace, and
- * no explict IQN format checks are done here.
+ * no explicit IQN format checks are done here.
  */
 struct iscsi_tiqn *iscsit_add_tiqn(unsigned char *buf)
 {
diff --git a/drivers/target/iscsi/iscsi_target_login.c b/drivers/target/iscsi/iscsi_target_login.c
index adf419f..f958812 100644
--- a/drivers/target/iscsi/iscsi_target_login.c
+++ b/drivers/target/iscsi/iscsi_target_login.c
@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ int iscsi_login_post_auth_non_zero_tsih(
 	 * We use the original ExpStatSN sent in the first login request
 	 * to acknowledge commands for the failed connection.
 	 *
-	 * Also note that an explict logout may have already been sent,
+	 * Also note that an explicit logout may have already been sent,
 	 * but the response may not be sent due to additional connection
 	 * loss.
 	 */
diff --git a/drivers/target/iscsi/iscsi_target_tpg.c b/drivers/target/iscsi/iscsi_target_tpg.c
index 0814e58..b53fcb9 100644
--- a/drivers/target/iscsi/iscsi_target_tpg.c
+++ b/drivers/target/iscsi/iscsi_target_tpg.c
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ int iscsit_tpg_enable_portal_group(struct iscsi_portal_group *tpg)
 	}
 	/*
 	 * Make sure that AuthMethod does not contain None as an option
-	 * unless explictly disabled.  Set the default to CHAP if authentication
+	 * unless explicitly disabled.  Set the default to CHAP if authentication
 	 * is enforced (as per default), and remove the NONE option.
 	 */
 	param = iscsi_find_param_from_key(AUTHMETHOD, tpg->param_list);
diff --git a/drivers/target/loopback/tcm_loop.c b/drivers/target/loopback/tcm_loop.c
index 5091b31..ee1a71e 100644
--- a/drivers/target/loopback/tcm_loop.c
+++ b/drivers/target/loopback/tcm_loop.c
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ static int tcm_loop_check_demo_mode_cache(struct se_portal_group *se_tpg)
 }
 
 /*
- * Allow I_T Nexus full READ-WRITE access without explict Initiator Node ACLs for
+ * Allow I_T Nexus full READ-WRITE access without explicit Initiator Node ACLs for
  * local virtual Linux/SCSI LLD passthrough into VM hypervisor guest
  */
 static int tcm_loop_check_demo_mode_write_protect(struct se_portal_group *se_tpg)
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ static int tcm_loop_check_demo_mode_write_protect(struct se_portal_group *se_tpg
 }
 
 /*
- * Because TCM_Loop does not use explict ACLs and MappedLUNs, this will
+ * Because TCM_Loop does not use explicit ACLs and MappedLUNs, this will
  * never be called for TCM_Loop by target_core_fabric_configfs.c code.
  * It has been added here as a nop for target_fabric_tf_ops_check()
  */
diff --git a/drivers/target/tcm_fc/tfc_io.c b/drivers/target/tcm_fc/tfc_io.c
index 6f7c65a..ab97fe5 100644
--- a/drivers/target/tcm_fc/tfc_io.c
+++ b/drivers/target/tcm_fc/tfc_io.c
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ void ft_recv_write_data(struct ft_cmd *cmd, struct fc_frame *fp)
 		 * header is posted in receive queue.
 		 *
 		 * If "Sequence Initiative (TSI)" bit is not set, means error
-		 * condition w.r.t. DDP, hence drop the packet and let explict
+		 * condition w.r.t. DDP, hence drop the packet and let explicit
 		 * ABORTS from other end of exchange timer trigger the recovery.
 		 */
 		if (f_ctl & FC_FC_SEQ_INIT)
diff --git a/drivers/tty/n_gsm.c b/drivers/tty/n_gsm.c
index 54cab59..dae3540 100644
--- a/drivers/tty/n_gsm.c
+++ b/drivers/tty/n_gsm.c
@@ -3104,7 +3104,7 @@ static void gsmtty_set_termios(struct tty_struct *tty, struct ktermios *old)
 	if (dlci->state == DLCI_CLOSED)
 		return;
 	/* For the moment its fixed. In actual fact the speed information
-	   for the virtual channel can be propogated in both directions by
+	   for the virtual channel can be propagated in both directions by
 	   the RPN control message. This however rapidly gets nasty as we
 	   then have to remap modem signals each way according to whether
 	   our virtual cable is null modem etc .. */
diff --git a/drivers/tty/serial/crisv10.c b/drivers/tty/serial/crisv10.c
index 315c849..c470d50 100644
--- a/drivers/tty/serial/crisv10.c
+++ b/drivers/tty/serial/crisv10.c
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ static char *serial_version = "$Revision: 1.25 $";
 #endif
 
 /*
- * All of the compatibilty code so we can compile serial.c against
+ * All of the compatibility code so we can compile serial.c against
  * older kernels is hidden in serial_compat.h
  */
 #if defined(LOCAL_HEADERS)
@@ -2496,7 +2496,7 @@ ser_interrupt(int irq, void *dev_id)
 	 *  - async data will be handled above (sync will be ignored).
 	 *  - tx_started flag will prevent us from trying to send again and
 	 *    we will exit fast - no need to unblock serial irq.
-	 *  - Next (sync) serial interrupt handler will be runned with
+	 *  - Next (sync) serial interrupt handler will be run with
 	 *    disabled interrupt due to restore_flags() at end of function,
 	 *    so sync handler will not be preempted or reentered.
 	 */
diff --git a/drivers/tty/serial/mpc52xx_uart.c b/drivers/tty/serial/mpc52xx_uart.c
index 3970d6a..d80298c 100644
--- a/drivers/tty/serial/mpc52xx_uart.c
+++ b/drivers/tty/serial/mpc52xx_uart.c
@@ -1666,7 +1666,7 @@ mpc52xx_console_setup(struct console *co, char *options)
 		 (void *)port->mapbase, port->membase,
 		 port->irq, port->uartclk);
 
-	/* Setup the port parameters accoding to options */
+	/* Setup the port parameters according to options */
 	if (options)
 		uart_parse_options(options, &baud, &parity, &bits, &flow);
 	else
diff --git a/drivers/tty/serial/serial_core.c b/drivers/tty/serial/serial_core.c
index 9fc1533..fba8523 100644
--- a/drivers/tty/serial/serial_core.c
+++ b/drivers/tty/serial/serial_core.c
@@ -1439,7 +1439,7 @@ static void uart_set_termios(struct tty_struct *tty,
 	}
 
 	uart_change_speed(tty, state, old_termios);
-	/* reload cflag from termios; port driver may have overriden flags */
+	/* reload cflag from termios; port driver may have overridden flags */
 	cflag = tty->termios.c_cflag;
 
 	/* Handle transition to B0 status */
diff --git a/drivers/usb/dwc2/core.c b/drivers/usb/dwc2/core.c
index 4135a5f..611bb61 100644
--- a/drivers/usb/dwc2/core.c
+++ b/drivers/usb/dwc2/core.c
@@ -1277,7 +1277,7 @@ static void dwc2_set_param_hibernation(struct dwc2_hsotg *hsotg,
 }
 
 /*
- * This function is called during module intialization to pass module parameters
+ * This function is called during module initialization to pass module parameters
  * for the DWC_otg core.
  */
 void dwc2_set_parameters(struct dwc2_hsotg *hsotg,
diff --git a/drivers/usb/gadget/udc/fsl_udc_core.c b/drivers/usb/gadget/udc/fsl_udc_core.c
index aab5221..15e08bf 100644
--- a/drivers/usb/gadget/udc/fsl_udc_core.c
+++ b/drivers/usb/gadget/udc/fsl_udc_core.c
@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ static int dr_ep_get_stall(unsigned char ep_num, unsigned char dir)
 ********************************************************************/
 
 /*------------------------------------------------------------------
-* struct_ep_qh_setup(): set the Endpoint Capabilites field of QH
+* struct_ep_qh_setup(): set the Endpoint Capabilities field of QH
  * @zlt: Zero Length Termination Select (1: disable; 0: enable)
  * @mult: Mult field
  ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ static void struct_ep_qh_setup(struct fsl_udc *udc, unsigned char ep_num,
 	struct ep_queue_head *p_QH = &udc->ep_qh[2 * ep_num + dir];
 	unsigned int tmp = 0;
 
-	/* set the Endpoint Capabilites in QH */
+	/* set the Endpoint Capabilities in QH */
 	switch (ep_type) {
 	case USB_ENDPOINT_XFER_CONTROL:
 		/* Interrupt On Setup (IOS). for control ep  */
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ static void struct_ep_qh_setup(struct fsl_udc *udc, unsigned char ep_num,
 /* Setup qh structure and ep register for ep0. */
 static void ep0_setup(struct fsl_udc *udc)
 {
-	/* the intialization of an ep includes: fields in QH, Regs,
+	/* the initialization of an ep includes: fields in QH, Regs,
 	 * fsl_ep struct */
 	struct_ep_qh_setup(udc, 0, USB_RECV, USB_ENDPOINT_XFER_CONTROL,
 			USB_MAX_CTRL_PAYLOAD, 0, 0);
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ static int fsl_ep_enable(struct usb_ep *_ep,
 	ep->stopped = 0;
 
 	/* Controller related setup */
-	/* Init EPx Queue Head (Ep Capabilites field in QH
+	/* Init EPx Queue Head (Ep Capabilities field in QH
 	 * according to max, zlt, mult) */
 	struct_ep_qh_setup(udc, (unsigned char) ep_index(ep),
 			(unsigned char) ((desc->bEndpointAddress & USB_DIR_IN)
@@ -2344,7 +2344,7 @@ static int struct_ep_setup(struct fsl_udc *udc, unsigned char index,
 }
 
 /* Driver probe function
- * all intialization operations implemented here except enabling usb_intr reg
+ * all initialization operations implemented here except enabling usb_intr reg
  * board setup should have been done in the platform code
  */
 static int fsl_udc_probe(struct platform_device *pdev)
diff --git a/drivers/usb/gadget/udc/renesas_usb3.c b/drivers/usb/gadget/udc/renesas_usb3.c
index 93a3bec..ac883ce 100644
--- a/drivers/usb/gadget/udc/renesas_usb3.c
+++ b/drivers/usb/gadget/udc/renesas_usb3.c
@@ -1789,7 +1789,7 @@ static int renesas_usb3_init_ep(struct renesas_usb3 *usb3, struct device *dev,
 
 	dev_dbg(dev, "%s: num_usb3_eps = %d\n", __func__, usb3->num_usb3_eps);
 	/*
-	 * This driver prepares pipes as the followings:
+	 * This driver prepares pipes as follows:
 	 *  - odd pipes = IN pipe
 	 *  - even pipes = OUT pipe (except pipe 0)
 	 */
@@ -1839,7 +1839,7 @@ static void renesas_usb3_init_ram(struct renesas_usb3 *usb3, struct device *dev,
 	memset(basead, 0, sizeof(basead));
 
 	/*
-	 * This driver prepares pipes as the followings:
+	 * This driver prepares pipes as follows:
 	 *  - all pipes = the same size as "ramsize_per_pipe"
 	 * Please refer to the "Method of Specifying RAM Mapping"
 	 */
diff --git a/drivers/usb/host/xhci.h b/drivers/usb/host/xhci.h
index b2c1dc5..7a3980e 100644
--- a/drivers/usb/host/xhci.h
+++ b/drivers/usb/host/xhci.h
@@ -1671,7 +1671,7 @@ struct xhci_hcd {
 	unsigned		sw_lpm_support:1;
 	/* support xHCI 1.0 spec USB2 hardware LPM */
 	unsigned		hw_lpm_support:1;
-	/* cached usb2 extened protocol capabilites */
+	/* cached usb2 extended protocol capabilities */
 	u32                     *ext_caps;
 	unsigned int            num_ext_caps;
 	/* Compliance Mode Recovery Data */
diff --git a/drivers/vhost/scsi.c b/drivers/vhost/scsi.c
index 6e29d05..b1317f2 100644
--- a/drivers/vhost/scsi.c
+++ b/drivers/vhost/scsi.c
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ struct vhost_scsi_nexus {
 struct vhost_scsi_tpg {
 	/* Vhost port target portal group tag for TCM */
 	u16 tport_tpgt;
-	/* Used to track number of TPG Port/Lun Links wrt to explict I_T Nexus shutdown */
+	/* Used to track number of TPG Port/Lun Links wrt to explicit I_T Nexus shutdown */
 	int tv_tpg_port_count;
 	/* Used for vhost_scsi device reference to tpg_nexus, protected by tv_tpg_mutex */
 	int tv_tpg_vhost_count;
diff --git a/drivers/video/fbdev/intelfb/intelfbdrv.c b/drivers/video/fbdev/intelfb/intelfbdrv.c
index bf20744..d025171 100644
--- a/drivers/video/fbdev/intelfb/intelfbdrv.c
+++ b/drivers/video/fbdev/intelfb/intelfbdrv.c
@@ -933,9 +933,7 @@ static __inline__ int var_to_refresh(const struct fb_var_screeninfo *var)
 	return (1000000000 / var->pixclock * 1000 + 500) / xtot / ytot;
 }
 
-/***************************************************************
- *                Various intialisation functions              *
- ***************************************************************/
+/* Various initialisation functions */
 
 static void get_initial_mode(struct intelfb_info *dinfo)
 {
diff --git a/drivers/video/fbdev/mmp/hw/mmp_spi.c b/drivers/video/fbdev/mmp/hw/mmp_spi.c
index e62ca7b..4dd5f54 100644
--- a/drivers/video/fbdev/mmp/hw/mmp_spi.c
+++ b/drivers/video/fbdev/mmp/hw/mmp_spi.c
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /*
  * linux/drivers/video/mmp/hw/mmp_spi.c
- * using the spi in LCD controler for commands send
+ * using the spi in LCD controller for commands send
  *
  * Copyright (C) 2012 Marvell Technology Group Ltd.
  * Authors:  Guoqing Li <ligq@marvell.com>
diff --git a/drivers/video/fbdev/tridentfb.c b/drivers/video/fbdev/tridentfb.c
index 8a5bbc1..bf03025 100644
--- a/drivers/video/fbdev/tridentfb.c
+++ b/drivers/video/fbdev/tridentfb.c
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ static struct fb_fix_screeninfo tridentfb_fix = {
 	.accel = FB_ACCEL_NONE,
 };
 
-/* defaults which are normally overriden by user values */
+/* defaults which are normally overridden by user values */
 
 /* video mode */
 static char *mode_option;
diff --git a/drivers/watchdog/bcm2835_wdt.c b/drivers/watchdog/bcm2835_wdt.c
index 4dddd82..7a10817 100644
--- a/drivers/watchdog/bcm2835_wdt.c
+++ b/drivers/watchdog/bcm2835_wdt.c
@@ -37,9 +37,9 @@
 #define PM_RSTC_RESET			0x00000102
 
 /*
- * The Raspberry Pi firmware uses the RSTS register to know which partiton
- * to boot from. The partiton value is spread into bits 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10.
- * Partiton 63 is a special partition used by the firmware to indicate halt.
+ * The Raspberry Pi firmware uses the RSTS register to know which partition
+ * to boot from. The partition value is spread into bits 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10.
+ * Partition 63 is a special partition used by the firmware to indicate halt.
  */
 #define PM_RSTS_RASPBERRYPI_HALT	0x555
 
diff --git a/fs/attr.c b/fs/attr.c
index 42bb42b..5c168a0 100644
--- a/fs/attr.c
+++ b/fs/attr.c
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ int inode_change_ok(const struct inode *inode, struct iattr *attr)
 	unsigned int ia_valid = attr->ia_valid;
 
 	/*
-	 * First check size constraints.  These can't be overriden using
+	 * First check size constraints.  These can't be overridden using
 	 * ATTR_FORCE.
 	 */
 	if (ia_valid & ATTR_SIZE) {
diff --git a/fs/compat_ioctl.c b/fs/compat_ioctl.c
index c1e9f29..9a2ea1c 100644
--- a/fs/compat_ioctl.c
+++ b/fs/compat_ioctl.c
@@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ COMPATIBLE_IOCTL(TIOCSLTC)
 #ifdef TIOCSTART
 /*
  * For these two we have definitions in ioctls.h and/or termios.h on
- * some architectures but no actual implemention.  Some applications
+ * some architectures but no actual implementation.  Some applications
  * like bash call them if they are defined in the headers, so we provide
  * entries here to avoid syslog message spew.
  */
diff --git a/fs/dcache.c b/fs/dcache.c
index 5c7cc95..0ba1b1a 100644
--- a/fs/dcache.c
+++ b/fs/dcache.c
@@ -3365,7 +3365,7 @@ char *dentry_path(struct dentry *dentry, char *buf, int buflen)
 	}
 	retval = __dentry_path(dentry, buf, buflen);
 	if (!IS_ERR(retval) && p)
-		*p = '/';	/* restore '/' overriden with '\0' */
+		*p = '/';	/* restore '/' overridden with '\0' */
 	return retval;
 Elong:
 	return ERR_PTR(-ENAMETOOLONG);
diff --git a/fs/debugfs/inode.c b/fs/debugfs/inode.c
index 72361ba..c3dd76d 100644
--- a/fs/debugfs/inode.c
+++ b/fs/debugfs/inode.c
@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ void debugfs_remove_recursive(struct dentry *dentry)
 			simple_release_fs(&debugfs_mount, &debugfs_mount_count);
 
 		/*
-		 * The parent->d_lock protects agaist child from unlinking
+		 * The parent->d_lock protects against child from unlinking
 		 * from d_subdirs. When releasing the parent->d_lock we can
 		 * no longer trust that the next pointer is valid.
 		 * Restart the loop. We'll skip this one with the
diff --git a/fs/dlm/ast.c b/fs/dlm/ast.c
index dcea1e3..f7a8abf 100644
--- a/fs/dlm/ast.c
+++ b/fs/dlm/ast.c
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ int dlm_add_lkb_callback(struct dlm_lkb *lkb, uint32_t flags, int mode,
 		 * Suppress some redundant basts here, do more on removal.
 		 * Don't even add a bast if the callback just before it
 		 * is a bast for the same mode or a more restrictive mode.
-		 * (the addional > PR check is needed for PR/CW inversion)
+		 * (the additional > PR check is needed for PR/CW inversion)
 		 */
 
 		if ((i > 0) && (flags & DLM_CB_BAST) &&
diff --git a/fs/dlm/lock.c b/fs/dlm/lock.c
index 35502d4..b873a44 100644
--- a/fs/dlm/lock.c
+++ b/fs/dlm/lock.c
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ static void del_timeout(struct dlm_lkb *lkb);
 static void toss_rsb(struct kref *kref);
 
 /*
- * Lock compatibilty matrix - thanks Steve
+ * Lock compatibility matrix - thanks Steve
  * UN = Unlocked state. Not really a state, used as a flag
  * PD = Padding. Used to make the matrix a nice power of two in size
  * Other states are the same as the VMS DLM.
diff --git a/fs/ext2/super.c b/fs/ext2/super.c
index 1d93795..97af01e 100644
--- a/fs/ext2/super.c
+++ b/fs/ext2/super.c
@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ static int ext2_fill_super(struct super_block *sb, void *data, int silent)
 	get_random_bytes(&sbi->s_next_generation, sizeof(u32));
 	spin_lock_init(&sbi->s_next_gen_lock);
 
-	/* per fileystem reservation list head & lock */
+	/* per filesystem reservation list head & lock */
 	spin_lock_init(&sbi->s_rsv_window_lock);
 	sbi->s_rsv_window_root = RB_ROOT;
 	/*
diff --git a/fs/ext4/extents.c b/fs/ext4/extents.c
index d7ccb7f..3c73b8e 100644
--- a/fs/ext4/extents.c
+++ b/fs/ext4/extents.c
@@ -3154,17 +3154,17 @@ static int ext4_ext_zeroout(struct inode *inode, struct ext4_extent *ex)
  * @handle: the journal handle
  * @inode: the file inode
  * @path: the path to the extent
- * @split: the logical block where the extent is splitted.
+ * @split: the logical block where the extent is split.
  * @split_flags: indicates if the extent could be zeroout if split fails, and
  *		 the states(init or unwritten) of new extents.
  * @flags: flags used to insert new extent to extent tree.
  *
  *
  * Splits extent [a, b] into two extents [a, @split) and [@split, b], states
- * of which are deterimined by split_flag.
+ * of which are determined by split_flag.
  *
  * There are two cases:
- *  a> the extent are splitted into two extent.
+ *  a> the extent are split into two extents.
  *  b> split is not needed, and just mark the extent.
  *
  * return 0 on success.
diff --git a/fs/ext4/file.c b/fs/ext4/file.c
index 261ac37..390af1a 100644
--- a/fs/ext4/file.c
+++ b/fs/ext4/file.c
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ static int ext4_dax_pmd_fault(struct vm_area_struct *vma, unsigned long addr,
 
 /*
  * Handle write fault for VM_MIXEDMAP mappings. Similarly to ext4_dax_fault()
- * handler we check for races agaist truncate. Note that since we cycle through
+ * handler we check for races against truncate. Note that since we cycle through
  * i_mmap_sem, we are sure that also any hole punching that began before we
  * were called is finished by now and so if it included part of the file we
  * are working on, our pte will get unmapped and the check for pte_same() in
diff --git a/fs/fuse/file.c b/fs/fuse/file.c
index f394aff..d48b682 100644
--- a/fs/fuse/file.c
+++ b/fs/fuse/file.c
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ static ssize_t fuse_get_res_by_io(struct fuse_io_priv *io)
  * == bytes_transferred or rw == WRITE, the caller sets 'pos' to -1.
  *
  * An example:
- * User requested DIO read of 64K. It was splitted into two 32K fuse requests,
+ * User requested DIO read of 64K. It was split into two 32K fuse requests,
  * both submitted asynchronously. The first of them was ACKed by userspace as
  * fully completed (req->out.args[0].size == 32K) resulting in pos == -1. The
  * second request was ACKed as short, e.g. only 1K was read, resulting in
diff --git a/fs/inode.c b/fs/inode.c
index 7e3ef3a..00395d3 100644
--- a/fs/inode.c
+++ b/fs/inode.c
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ static int no_open(struct inode *inode, struct file *file)
 }
 
 /**
- * inode_init_always - perform inode structure intialisation
+ * inode_init_always - perform inode structure initialisation
  * @sb: superblock inode belongs to
  * @inode: inode to initialise
  *
@@ -1317,7 +1317,7 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL(ilookup);
  * function must never block --- find_inode() can block in
  * __wait_on_freeing_inode() --- or when the caller can not increment
  * the reference count because the resulting iput() might cause an
- * inode eviction.  The tradeoff is that the @match funtion must be
+ * inode eviction.  The tradeoff is that the @match function must be
  * very carefully implemented.
  */
 struct inode *find_inode_nowait(struct super_block *sb,
diff --git a/fs/namespace.c b/fs/namespace.c
index 7bb2cda..87dbdfe 100644
--- a/fs/namespace.c
+++ b/fs/namespace.c
@@ -1414,7 +1414,7 @@ static void umount_tree(struct mount *mnt, enum umount_tree_flags how)
 		list_del_init(&p->mnt_child);
 	}
 
-	/* Add propogated mounts to the tmp_list */
+	/* Add propagated mounts to the tmp_list */
 	if (how & UMOUNT_PROPAGATE)
 		propagate_umount(&tmp_list);
 
@@ -2670,7 +2670,7 @@ long do_mount(const char *dev_name, const char __user *dir_name,
 	if (retval)
 		goto dput_out;
 
-	/* Default to relatime unless overriden */
+	/* Default to relatime unless overridden */
 	if (!(flags & MS_NOATIME))
 		mnt_flags |= MNT_RELATIME;
 
diff --git a/fs/nfsd/nfs4callback.c b/fs/nfsd/nfs4callback.c
index 04c68d9..349a36f 100644
--- a/fs/nfsd/nfs4callback.c
+++ b/fs/nfsd/nfs4callback.c
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ static void encode_cb_sequence4args(struct xdr_stream *xdr,
  *		void;
  *	};
  *
- * Our current back channel implmentation supports a single backchannel
+ * Our current back channel implementation supports a single backchannel
  * with a single slot.
  */
 static int decode_cb_sequence4resok(struct xdr_stream *xdr,
diff --git a/fs/ntfs/logfile.c b/fs/ntfs/logfile.c
index 761f12f..d1072d5 100644
--- a/fs/ntfs/logfile.c
+++ b/fs/ntfs/logfile.c
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ static int ntfs_check_and_load_restart_page(struct inode *vi,
 			&& post_read_mst_fixup((NTFS_RECORD*)trp,
 			le32_to_cpu(rp->system_page_size))) {
 		/*
-		 * A multi sector tranfer error was detected.  We only need to
+		 * A multi sector transfer error was detected.  We only need to
 		 * abort if the restart page contents exceed the multi sector
 		 * transfer fixup of the first sector.
 		 */
@@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ bool ntfs_check_logfile(struct inode *log_vi, RESTART_PAGE_HEADER **rp)
 	 * page header is at the beginning of a page we only need to search at
 	 * what could be the beginning of a page (for each page size) rather
 	 * than scanning the whole file byte by byte.  If all potential places
-	 * contain empty and uninitialzed records, the log file can be assumed
+	 * contain empty and uninitialized records, the log file can be assumed
 	 * to be empty.
 	 */
 	for (pos = 0; pos < size; pos <<= 1) {
diff --git a/fs/orangefs/file.c b/fs/orangefs/file.c
index 526040e..cb60ac2 100644
--- a/fs/orangefs/file.c
+++ b/fs/orangefs/file.c
@@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ static int orangefs_fsync(struct file *file,
 /*
  * Change the file pointer position for an instance of an open file.
  *
- * \note If .llseek is overriden, we must acquire lock as described in
+ * \note If .llseek is overridden, we must acquire lock as described in
  *       Documentation/filesystems/Locking.
  *
  * Future upgrade could support SEEK_DATA and SEEK_HOLE but would
diff --git a/fs/read_write.c b/fs/read_write.c
index 66215a7..bee3097 100644
--- a/fs/read_write.c
+++ b/fs/read_write.c
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL(generic_file_llseek_size);
  * @offset:	file offset to seek to
  * @whence:	type of seek
  *
- * This is a generic implemenation of ->llseek useable for all normal local
+ * This is a generic implementation of ->llseek useable for all normal local
  * filesystems.  It just updates the file offset to the value specified by
  * @offset and @whence.
  */
diff --git a/fs/reiserfs/fix_node.c b/fs/reiserfs/fix_node.c
index 6b0ddb2..fb10459 100644
--- a/fs/reiserfs/fix_node.c
+++ b/fs/reiserfs/fix_node.c
@@ -610,8 +610,8 @@ static int get_num_ver(int mode, struct tree_balance *tb, int h,
  *	h	current level of the node;
  *	lnum	number of items from S[h] that must be shifted to L[h];
  *	rnum	number of items from S[h] that must be shifted to R[h];
- *	blk_num	number of blocks that S[h] will be splitted into;
- *	s012	number of items that fall into splitted nodes.
+ *	blk_num	number of blocks that S[h] will be split into;
+ *	s012	number of items that fall into split nodes.
  *	lbytes	number of bytes which flow to the left neighbor from the
  *              item that is not not shifted entirely
  *	rbytes	number of bytes which flow to the right neighbor from the
@@ -1545,7 +1545,7 @@ static int ip_check_balance(struct tree_balance *tb, int h)
 		 * l_shift_num first items and l_shift_bytes of the right
 		 * most liquid item to be shifted are shifted to the left
 		 * neighbor, as well as number of items in each part of the
-		 * splitted node (s012 numbers), and number of bytes
+		 * split node (s012 numbers), and number of bytes
 		 * (s1bytes) of the shared drop which flow to S1 if any
 		 */
 		lset = LEFT_SHIFT_NO_FLOW;
@@ -1569,7 +1569,7 @@ static int ip_check_balance(struct tree_balance *tb, int h)
 		 * calculate number of blocks S[h] must be split into when
 		 * r_shift_num first items and r_shift_bytes of the left most
 		 * liquid item to be shifted are shifted to the right neighbor,
-		 * as well as number of items in each part of the splitted
+		 * as well as number of items in each part of the split
 		 * node (s012 numbers), and number of bytes (s1bytes) of the
 		 * shared drop which flow to S1 if any
 		 */
@@ -1599,7 +1599,7 @@ static int ip_check_balance(struct tree_balance *tb, int h)
 		/*
 		 * calculate number of blocks S[h] must be split into when
 		 * items are shifted in both directions, as well as number
-		 * of items in each part of the splitted node (s012 numbers),
+		 * of items in each part of the split node (s012 numbers),
 		 * and number of bytes (s1bytes) of the shared drop which
 		 * flow to S1 if any
 		 */
diff --git a/fs/tracefs/inode.c b/fs/tracefs/inode.c
index ad40b64..8e9b8f8 100644
--- a/fs/tracefs/inode.c
+++ b/fs/tracefs/inode.c
@@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ void tracefs_remove_recursive(struct dentry *dentry)
 			simple_release_fs(&tracefs_mount, &tracefs_mount_count);
 
 		/*
-		 * The parent->d_lock protects agaist child from unlinking
+		 * The parent->d_lock protects against child from unlinking
 		 * from d_subdirs. When releasing the parent->d_lock we can
 		 * no longer trust that the next pointer is valid.
 		 * Restart the loop. We'll skip this one with the
diff --git a/fs/xfs/libxfs/xfs_fs.h b/fs/xfs/libxfs/xfs_fs.h
index 7945505..db92f2f 100644
--- a/fs/xfs/libxfs/xfs_fs.h
+++ b/fs/xfs/libxfs/xfs_fs.h
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ typedef struct xfs_bstat {
 
 /*
  * Project quota id helpers (previously projid was 16bit only
- * and using two 16bit values to hold new 32bit projid was choosen
+ * and using two 16bit values to hold new 32bit projid was chosen
  * to retain compatibility with "old" filesystems).
  */
 static inline __uint32_t
diff --git a/fs/xfs/xfs_log_recover.c b/fs/xfs/xfs_log_recover.c
index e8638fd..abaf8bd 100644
--- a/fs/xfs/xfs_log_recover.c
+++ b/fs/xfs/xfs_log_recover.c
@@ -3518,7 +3518,7 @@ xlog_recover_rud_pass2(
  * This routine is called when an inode create format structure is found in a
  * committed transaction in the log.  It's purpose is to initialise the inodes
  * being allocated on disk. This requires us to get inode cluster buffers that
- * match the range to be intialised, stamped with inode templates and written
+ * match the range to be initialised, stamped with inode templates and written
  * by delayed write so that subsequent modifications will hit the cached buffer
  * and only need writing out at the end of recovery.
  */
diff --git a/fs/xfs/xfs_trans_ail.c b/fs/xfs/xfs_trans_ail.c
index d6c9c3e..3ed0147 100644
--- a/fs/xfs/xfs_trans_ail.c
+++ b/fs/xfs/xfs_trans_ail.c
@@ -399,9 +399,9 @@ xfsaild_push(
 			 * updates to it as part of inode clustering.
 			 *
 			 * We do not want to to stop flushing just because lots
-			 * of items are already beeing flushed, but we need to
+			 * of items are already being flushed, but we need to
 			 * re-try the flushing relatively soon if most of the
-			 * AIL is beeing flushed.
+			 * AIL is being flushed.
 			 */
 			XFS_STATS_INC(mp, xs_push_ail_flushing);
 			trace_xfs_ail_flushing(lip);
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ xfsaild(
  * The push is run asynchronously in a workqueue, which means the caller needs
  * to handle waiting on the async flush for space to become available.
  * We don't want to interrupt any push that is in progress, hence we only queue
- * work if we set the pushing bit approriately.
+ * work if we set the pushing bit appropriately.
  *
  * We do this unlocked - we only need to know whether there is anything in the
  * AIL at the time we are called. We don't need to access the contents of
diff --git a/include/linux/cgroup-defs.h b/include/linux/cgroup-defs.h
index 5b17de6..f7d324b 100644
--- a/include/linux/cgroup-defs.h
+++ b/include/linux/cgroup-defs.h
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ static inline void cgroup_threadgroup_change_end(struct task_struct *tsk) {}
  * sock_cgroup_data overloads (prioidx, classid) and the cgroup pointer.
  * On boot, sock_cgroup_data records the cgroup that the sock was created
  * in so that cgroup2 matches can be made; however, once either net_prio or
- * net_cls starts being used, the area is overriden to carry prioidx and/or
+ * net_cls starts being used, the area is overridden to carry prioidx and/or
  * classid.  The two modes are distinguished by whether the lowest bit is
  * set.  Clear bit indicates cgroup pointer while set bit prioidx and
  * classid.
diff --git a/include/linux/irqchip.h b/include/linux/irqchip.h
index 89c34b2..950e4b2 100644
--- a/include/linux/irqchip.h
+++ b/include/linux/irqchip.h
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
  * the association between their DT compatible string and their
  * initialization function.
  *
- * @name: name that must be unique accross all IRQCHIP_DECLARE of the
+ * @name: name that must be unique across all IRQCHIP_DECLARE of the
  * same file.
  * @compstr: compatible string of the irqchip driver
  * @fn: initialization function
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
  * This macro must be used by the different irqchip drivers to declare
  * the association between their version and their initialization function.
  *
- * @name: name that must be unique accross all IRQCHIP_ACPI_DECLARE of the
+ * @name: name that must be unique across all IRQCHIP_ACPI_DECLARE of the
  * same file.
  * @subtable: Subtable to be identified in MADT
  * @validate: Function to be called on that subtable to check its validity.
diff --git a/include/linux/kconfig.h b/include/linux/kconfig.h
index 15ec117..7279f68 100644
--- a/include/linux/kconfig.h
+++ b/include/linux/kconfig.h
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 
 /*
  * The use of "&&" / "||" is limited in certain expressions.
- * The followings enable to calculate "and" / "or" with macro expansion only.
+ * The following enable to calculate "and" / "or" with macro expansion only.
  */
 #define __and(x, y)			___and(x, y)
 #define ___and(x, y)			____and(__ARG_PLACEHOLDER_##x, y)
diff --git a/include/linux/mfd/max77693-private.h b/include/linux/mfd/max77693-private.h
index 3c7a63b..0a71e4a 100644
--- a/include/linux/mfd/max77693-private.h
+++ b/include/linux/mfd/max77693-private.h
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ enum max77693_haptic_reg {
 	MAX77693_HAPTIC_REG_END,
 };
 
-/* max77693-pmic LSCNFG configuraton register */
+/* max77693-pmic LSCNFG configuration register */
 #define MAX77693_PMIC_LOW_SYS_MASK      0x80
 #define MAX77693_PMIC_LOW_SYS_SHIFT     7
 
diff --git a/include/linux/msi.h b/include/linux/msi.h
index e8c81fb..e001ad9 100644
--- a/include/linux/msi.h
+++ b/include/linux/msi.h
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ static inline void unmask_msi_irq(struct irq_data *data)
 
 /*
  * The arch hooks to setup up msi irqs. Those functions are
- * implemented as weak symbols so that they /can/ be overriden by
+ * implemented as weak symbols so that they /can/ be overridden by
  * architecture specific code if needed.
  */
 int arch_setup_msi_irq(struct pci_dev *dev, struct msi_desc *desc);
diff --git a/include/linux/mtd/qinfo.h b/include/linux/mtd/qinfo.h
index 7b3d487..b532ce5 100644
--- a/include/linux/mtd/qinfo.h
+++ b/include/linux/mtd/qinfo.h
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
  * @DevId - Chip Device ID
  * @qinfo - pointer to qinfo records describing the chip
  * @numchips - number of chips including virual RWW partitions
- * @chipshift - Chip/partiton size 2^chipshift
+ * @chipshift - Chip/partition size 2^chipshift
  * @chips - per-chip data structure
  */
 struct lpddr_private {
diff --git a/include/linux/pci.h b/include/linux/pci.h
index fbc1fa6..9628f2e 100644
--- a/include/linux/pci.h
+++ b/include/linux/pci.h
@@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ resource_size_t pcibios_align_resource(void *, const struct resource *,
 				resource_size_t);
 void pcibios_update_irq(struct pci_dev *, int irq);
 
-/* Weak but can be overriden by arch */
+/* Weak but can be overridden by arch */
 void pci_fixup_cardbus(struct pci_bus *);
 
 /* Generic PCI functions used internally */
diff --git a/include/linux/reboot.h b/include/linux/reboot.h
index a7ff409..f6c198a 100644
--- a/include/linux/reboot.h
+++ b/include/linux/reboot.h
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ struct pt_regs;
 extern void machine_crash_shutdown(struct pt_regs *);
 
 /*
- * Architecture independent implemenations of sys_reboot commands.
+ * Architecture independent implementations of sys_reboot commands.
  */
 
 extern void kernel_restart_prepare(char *cmd);
diff --git a/include/linux/spi/flash.h b/include/linux/spi/flash.h
index 3f22932..f4199e7 100644
--- a/include/linux/spi/flash.h
+++ b/include/linux/spi/flash.h
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ struct mtd_partition;
  * struct flash_platform_data: board-specific flash data
  * @name: optional flash device name (eg, as used with mtdparts=)
  * @parts: optional array of mtd_partitions for static partitioning
- * @nr_parts: number of mtd_partitions for static partitoning
+ * @nr_parts: number of mtd_partitions for static partitioning
  * @type: optional flash device type (e.g. m25p80 vs m25p64), for use
  *	with chips that can't be queried for JEDEC or other IDs
  *
diff --git a/include/linux/vmalloc.h b/include/linux/vmalloc.h
index 3d9d786..d218849 100644
--- a/include/linux/vmalloc.h
+++ b/include/linux/vmalloc.h
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ struct notifier_block;		/* in notifier.h */
 
 /*
  * Maximum alignment for ioremap() regions.
- * Can be overriden by arch-specific value.
+ * Can be overridden by arch-specific value.
  */
 #ifndef IOREMAP_MAX_ORDER
 #define IOREMAP_MAX_ORDER	(7 + PAGE_SHIFT)	/* 128 pages */
diff --git a/include/net/cfg80211.h b/include/net/cfg80211.h
index 9c23f4d3..48bc053 100644
--- a/include/net/cfg80211.h
+++ b/include/net/cfg80211.h
@@ -1820,7 +1820,7 @@ struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
  * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
  *
  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
- * disassocation.
+ * disassociation.
  *
  * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from
  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
@@ -2227,7 +2227,7 @@ struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params {
  * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
  *
  * @chan: channel to use
- * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required
+ * @offchan: indicates whether off channel operation is required
  * @wait: duration for ROC
  * @buf: buffer to transmit
  * @len: buffer length
@@ -4450,7 +4450,7 @@ void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
  * @dev: network device
  * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
  * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
- * @ie_len: lenght of the information elements buffer
+ * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer
  * @gfp: allocation flags
  *
  * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
diff --git a/include/net/ip_tunnels.h b/include/net/ip_tunnels.h
index a5e7035..1526dd6 100644
--- a/include/net/ip_tunnels.h
+++ b/include/net/ip_tunnels.h
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ static inline u8 ip_tunnel_get_dsfield(const struct iphdr *iph,
 		return 0;
 }
 
-/* Propogate ECN bits out */
+/* Propagate ECN bits out */
 static inline u8 ip_tunnel_ecn_encap(u8 tos, const struct iphdr *iph,
 				     const struct sk_buff *skb)
 {
diff --git a/include/net/irda/timer.h b/include/net/irda/timer.h
index cb2615c..d784f24 100644
--- a/include/net/irda/timer.h
+++ b/include/net/irda/timer.h
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ struct lap_cb;
  *  Slot timer must never exceed 85 ms, and must always be at least 25 ms, 
  *  suggested to  75-85 msec by IrDA lite. This doesn't work with a lot of
  *  devices, and other stackes uses a lot more, so it's best we do it as well
- *  (Note : this is the default value and sysctl overides it - Jean II)
+ *  (Note : this is the default value and sysctl overrides it - Jean II)
  */
 #define SLOT_TIMEOUT            (90*HZ/1000)
 
diff --git a/include/net/iw_handler.h b/include/net/iw_handler.h
index e0f4109..5b1073e 100644
--- a/include/net/iw_handler.h
+++ b/include/net/iw_handler.h
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
  * -------------------------------
  * The new driver API is just a bunch of standard functions (handlers),
  * each handling a specific Wireless Extension. The driver just export
- * the list of handler it supports, and those will be called apropriately.
+ * the list of handler it supports, and those will be called appropriately.
  *
  * I tried to keep the main advantage of the previous API (simplicity,
  * efficiency and light weight), and also I provide a good dose of backward
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
  * example to distinguish setting max rate and basic rate), I would
  * break the prototype. Using iwreq_data is more flexible.
  * 3) Also, the above form is not generic (see above).
- * 4) I don't expect driver developper using the wrong field of the
+ * 4) I don't expect driver developer using the wrong field of the
  * union (Doh !), so static typechecking doesn't add much value.
  * 5) Lastly, you can skip the union by doing :
  *	static int mydriver_ioctl_setrate(struct net_device *dev,
diff --git a/include/net/sctp/structs.h b/include/net/sctp/structs.h
index ce93c4b..82dd085 100644
--- a/include/net/sctp/structs.h
+++ b/include/net/sctp/structs.h
@@ -1175,7 +1175,7 @@ typedef enum {
 } sctp_endpoint_type_t;
 
 /*
- * A common base class to bridge the implmentation view of a
+ * A common base class to bridge the implementation view of a
  * socket (usually listening) endpoint versus an association's
  * local endpoint.
  * This common structure is useful for several purposes:
diff --git a/include/target/iscsi/iscsi_target_core.h b/include/target/iscsi/iscsi_target_core.h
index 4ac24f5..c45af45 100644
--- a/include/target/iscsi/iscsi_target_core.h
+++ b/include/target/iscsi/iscsi_target_core.h
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
 #define TA_CACHE_DYNAMIC_ACLS		0
 /* Enabled by default in demo mode (generic_node_acls=1) */
 #define TA_DEMO_MODE_WRITE_PROTECT	1
-/* Disabled by default in production mode w/ explict ACLs */
+/* Disabled by default in production mode w/ explicit ACLs */
 #define TA_PROD_MODE_WRITE_PROTECT	0
 #define TA_DEMO_MODE_DISCOVERY		1
 #define TA_DEFAULT_ERL			0
diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/atmbr2684.h b/include/uapi/linux/atmbr2684.h
index fdb2629..d6dbf43 100644
--- a/include/uapi/linux/atmbr2684.h
+++ b/include/uapi/linux/atmbr2684.h
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
  */
 #define BR2684_ENCAPS_VC	(0)	/* VC-mux */
 #define BR2684_ENCAPS_LLC	(1)
-#define BR2684_ENCAPS_AUTODETECT (2)	/* Unsuported */
+#define BR2684_ENCAPS_AUTODETECT (2)	/* Unsupported */
 
 /*
  * Is this VC bridged or routed?
diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/nfsd/nfsfh.h b/include/uapi/linux/nfsd/nfsfh.h
index 2039123..46858f1 100644
--- a/include/uapi/linux/nfsd/nfsfh.h
+++ b/include/uapi/linux/nfsd/nfsfh.h
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ struct knfsd_fh {
 #define	fh_fileid_type		fh_base.fh_new.fb_fileid_type
 #define	fh_fsid			fh_base.fh_new.fb_auth
 
-/* Do not use, provided for userspace compatiblity. */
+/* Do not use, provided for userspace compatibility. */
 #define	fh_auth			fh_base.fh_new.fb_auth
 
 #endif /* _UAPI_LINUX_NFSD_FH_H */
diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/pmu.h b/include/uapi/linux/pmu.h
index caead36..7cf6eb9 100644
--- a/include/uapi/linux/pmu.h
+++ b/include/uapi/linux/pmu.h
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
 #define PMU_INT_WAITING_CHARGER	0x01	/* ??? */
 #define PMU_INT_AUTO_SRQ_POLL	0x02	/* ??? */
 
-/* Bits in the environement message (either obtained via PMU_GET_COVER,
+/* Bits in the environment message (either obtained via PMU_GET_COVER,
  * or via PMU_INT_ENVIRONMENT on core99 */
 #define PMU_ENV_LID_CLOSED	0x01	/* The lid is closed */
 
diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/raid/md_p.h b/include/uapi/linux/raid/md_p.h
index c3e654c..259a84c 100644
--- a/include/uapi/linux/raid/md_p.h
+++ b/include/uapi/linux/raid/md_p.h
@@ -79,10 +79,10 @@
 #define MD_DISK_SYNC		2 /* disk is in sync with the raid set */
 #define MD_DISK_REMOVED		3 /* disk is in sync with the raid set */
 #define MD_DISK_CLUSTER_ADD     4 /* Initiate a disk add across the cluster
-				   * For clustered enviroments only.
+				   * For clustered environments only.
 				   */
 #define MD_DISK_CANDIDATE	5 /* disk is added as spare (local) until confirmed
-				   * For clustered enviroments only.
+				   * For clustered environments only.
 				   */
 
 #define	MD_DISK_WRITEMOSTLY	9 /* disk is "write-mostly" is RAID1 config.
diff --git a/include/uapi/linux/x25.h b/include/uapi/linux/x25.h
index 810cce6..10c1c72 100644
--- a/include/uapi/linux/x25.h
+++ b/include/uapi/linux/x25.h
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ struct sockaddr_x25 {
  *	DTE/DCE subscription options.
  *
  *      As this is missing lots of options, user should expect major
- *	changes of this structure in 2.5.x which might break compatibilty.
+ *	changes of this structure in 2.5.x which might break compatibility.
  *      The somewhat ugly dimension 200-sizeof() is needed to maintain
  *	backward compatibility.
  */
diff --git a/ipc/shm.c b/ipc/shm.c
index dbac886..002afa7 100644
--- a/ipc/shm.c
+++ b/ipc/shm.c
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ static int shm_mmap(struct file *file, struct vm_area_struct *vma)
 
 	/*
 	 * In case of remap_file_pages() emulation, the file can represent
-	 * removed IPC ID: propogate shm_lock() error to caller.
+	 * removed IPC ID: propagate shm_lock() error to caller.
 	 */
 	ret =__shm_open(vma);
 	if (ret)
diff --git a/kernel/cpu.c b/kernel/cpu.c
index 341bf80..16208b5 100644
--- a/kernel/cpu.c
+++ b/kernel/cpu.c
@@ -1360,7 +1360,7 @@ static bool cpuhp_is_ap_state(enum cpuhp_state state)
 {
 	/*
 	 * The extra check for CPUHP_TEARDOWN_CPU is only for documentation
-	 * purposes as that state is handled explicitely in cpu_down.
+	 * purposes as that state is handled explicitly in cpu_down.
 	 */
 	return state > CPUHP_BRINGUP_CPU && state != CPUHP_TEARDOWN_CPU;
 }
diff --git a/kernel/debug/debug_core.c b/kernel/debug/debug_core.c
index 0874e2e..801007a 100644
--- a/kernel/debug/debug_core.c
+++ b/kernel/debug/debug_core.c
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ early_param("nokgdbroundup", opt_nokgdbroundup);
 
 /*
  * Weak aliases for breakpoint management,
- * can be overriden by architectures when needed:
+ * can be overridden by architectures when needed:
  */
 int __weak kgdb_arch_set_breakpoint(struct kgdb_bkpt *bpt)
 {
diff --git a/kernel/irq/manage.c b/kernel/irq/manage.c
index 9530fcd..0fd0d44 100644
--- a/kernel/irq/manage.c
+++ b/kernel/irq/manage.c
@@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ irq_thread_check_affinity(struct irq_desc *desc, struct irqaction *action) { }
 #endif
 
 /*
- * Interrupts which are not explicitely requested as threaded
+ * Interrupts which are not explicitly requested as threaded
  * interrupts rely on the implicit bh/preempt disable of the hard irq
  * context. So we need to disable bh here to avoid deadlocks and other
  * side effects.
diff --git a/kernel/irq/spurious.c b/kernel/irq/spurious.c
index 5707f97..4994197 100644
--- a/kernel/irq/spurious.c
+++ b/kernel/irq/spurious.c
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ static int try_one_irq(struct irq_desc *desc, bool force)
 	raw_spin_lock(&desc->lock);
 
 	/*
-	 * PER_CPU, nested thread interrupts and interrupts explicitely
+	 * PER_CPU, nested thread interrupts and interrupts explicitly
 	 * marked polled are excluded from polling.
 	 */
 	if (irq_settings_is_per_cpu(desc) ||
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ static int try_one_irq(struct irq_desc *desc, bool force)
 
 	/*
 	 * Do not poll disabled interrupts unless the spurious
-	 * disabled poller asks explicitely.
+	 * disabled poller asks explicitly.
 	 */
 	if (irqd_irq_disabled(&desc->irq_data) && !force)
 		goto out;
diff --git a/kernel/relay.c b/kernel/relay.c
index d797502..a58f539 100644
--- a/kernel/relay.c
+++ b/kernel/relay.c
@@ -926,7 +926,7 @@ static int relay_file_mmap(struct file *filp, struct vm_area_struct *vma)
  *	@filp: the file
  *	@wait: poll table
  *
- *	Poll implemention.
+ *	Poll implementation.
  */
 static unsigned int relay_file_poll(struct file *filp, poll_table *wait)
 {
diff --git a/kernel/torture.c b/kernel/torture.c
index 75961b3..fa2e4de 100644
--- a/kernel/torture.c
+++ b/kernel/torture.c
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(torture_random);
 /*
  * Variables for shuffling.  The idea is to ensure that each CPU stays
  * idle for an extended period to test interactions with dyntick idle,
- * as well as interactions with any per-CPU varibles.
+ * as well as interactions with any per-CPU variables.
  */
 struct shuffle_task {
 	struct list_head st_l;
diff --git a/kernel/trace/trace_stack.c b/kernel/trace/trace_stack.c
index 2a1abba..93a88d5 100644
--- a/kernel/trace/trace_stack.c
+++ b/kernel/trace/trace_stack.c
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ void stack_trace_print(void)
 }
 
 /*
- * When arch-specific code overides this function, the following
+ * When arch-specific code overrides this function, the following
  * data should be filled up, assuming stack_trace_max_lock is held to
  * prevent concurrent updates.
  *     stack_trace_index[]
diff --git a/lib/Kconfig.ubsan b/lib/Kconfig.ubsan
index 39494af..c3f6659 100644
--- a/lib/Kconfig.ubsan
+++ b/lib/Kconfig.ubsan
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ config UBSAN_SANITIZE_ALL
 	depends on ARCH_HAS_UBSAN_SANITIZE_ALL
 
 	# We build with -Wno-maybe-uninitilzed, but we still want to
-	# use -Wmaybe-uninitilized in allmodconfig builds.
+	# use -Wmaybe-uninitialized in allmodconfig builds.
 	# So dependsy bellow used to disable this option in allmodconfig
 	depends on !COMPILE_TEST
 	default y
diff --git a/lib/radix-tree.c b/lib/radix-tree.c
index 1b7bf73..0548856 100644
--- a/lib/radix-tree.c
+++ b/lib/radix-tree.c
@@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ void **radix_tree_next_chunk(struct radix_tree_root *root,
 	 * because RADIX_TREE_MAP_SHIFT < BITS_PER_LONG.
 	 *
 	 * This condition also used by radix_tree_next_slot() to stop
-	 * contiguous iterating, and forbid swithing to the next chunk.
+	 * contiguous iterating, and forbid switching to the next chunk.
 	 */
 	index = iter->next_index;
 	if (!index && iter->index)
diff --git a/lib/xz/xz_dec_lzma2.c b/lib/xz/xz_dec_lzma2.c
index 08c3c80..9abed55 100644
--- a/lib/xz/xz_dec_lzma2.c
+++ b/lib/xz/xz_dec_lzma2.c
@@ -484,11 +484,11 @@ static __always_inline void rc_normalize(struct rc_dec *rc)
 }
 
 /*
- * Decode one bit. In some versions, this function has been splitted in three
+ * Decode one bit. In some versions, this function has been split in three
  * functions so that the compiler is supposed to be able to more easily avoid
  * an extra branch. In this particular version of the LZMA decoder, this
  * doesn't seem to be a good idea (tested with GCC 3.3.6, 3.4.6, and 4.3.3
- * on x86). Using a non-splitted version results in nicer looking code too.
+ * on x86). Using a non-split version results in nicer looking code too.
  *
  * NOTE: This must return an int. Do not make it return a bool or the speed
  * of the code generated by GCC 3.x decreases 10-15 %. (GCC 4.3 doesn't care,
diff --git a/mm/memcontrol.c b/mm/memcontrol.c
index 9a6a51a..d01730d4 100644
--- a/mm/memcontrol.c
+++ b/mm/memcontrol.c
@@ -1633,7 +1633,7 @@ bool mem_cgroup_oom_synchronize(bool handle)
 		/*
 		 * There is no guarantee that an OOM-lock contender
 		 * sees the wakeups triggered by the OOM kill
-		 * uncharges.  Wake any sleepers explicitely.
+		 * uncharges.  Wake any sleepers explicitly.
 		 */
 		memcg_oom_recover(memcg);
 	}
@@ -4243,7 +4243,7 @@ mem_cgroup_css_alloc(struct cgroup_subsys_state *parent_css)
 		page_counter_init(&memcg->kmem, NULL);
 		page_counter_init(&memcg->tcpmem, NULL);
 		/*
-		 * Deeper hierachy with use_hierarchy == false doesn't make
+		 * Deeper hierarchy with use_hierarchy == false doesn't make
 		 * much sense so let cgroup subsystem know about this
 		 * unfortunate state in our controller.
 		 */
@@ -4805,7 +4805,7 @@ static int mem_cgroup_can_attach(struct cgroup_taskset *tset)
 		return 0;
 
 	/*
-	 * We are now commited to this value whatever it is. Changes in this
+	 * We are now committed to this value whatever it is. Changes in this
 	 * tunable will only affect upcoming migrations, not the current one.
 	 * So we need to save it, and keep it going.
 	 */
diff --git a/mm/page_alloc.c b/mm/page_alloc.c
index 3fbe73a..25d1f25 100644
--- a/mm/page_alloc.c
+++ b/mm/page_alloc.c
@@ -5788,7 +5788,7 @@ static unsigned long __paginginit calc_memmap_size(unsigned long spanned_pages,
 	 * the zone and SPARSEMEM is in use. If there are holes within the
 	 * zone, each populated memory region may cost us one or two extra
 	 * memmap pages due to alignment because memmap pages for each
-	 * populated regions may not naturally algined on page boundary.
+	 * populated regions may not be naturally aligned on page boundary.
 	 * So the (present_pages >> 4) heuristic is a tradeoff for that.
 	 */
 	if (spanned_pages > present_pages + (present_pages >> 4) &&
diff --git a/mm/percpu.c b/mm/percpu.c
index 9903830..8f13edb 100644
--- a/mm/percpu.c
+++ b/mm/percpu.c
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
  * Chunks can be determined from the address using the index field
  * in the page struct. The index field contains a pointer to the chunk.
  *
- * To use this allocator, arch code should do the followings.
+ * To use this allocator, arch code should do the following:
  *
  * - define __addr_to_pcpu_ptr() and __pcpu_ptr_to_addr() to translate
  *   regular address to percpu pointer and back if they need to be
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ static void pcpu_chunk_relocate(struct pcpu_chunk *chunk, int oslot)
  * considered; however, async extension is scheduled if the left amount is
  * low.  If !@is_atomic, it aims for more empty space.  Combined, this
  * ensures that the map is likely to have enough available space to
- * accomodate atomic allocations which can't extend maps directly.
+ * accommodate atomic allocations which can't extend maps directly.
  *
  * CONTEXT:
  * pcpu_lock.
diff --git a/net/ipv4/tcp.c b/net/ipv4/tcp.c
index ffbb218..9348c80 100644
--- a/net/ipv4/tcp.c
+++ b/net/ipv4/tcp.c
@@ -1479,7 +1479,7 @@ static struct sk_buff *tcp_recv_skb(struct sock *sk, u32 seq, u32 *off)
 			return skb;
 		}
 		/* This looks weird, but this can happen if TCP collapsing
-		 * splitted a fat GRO packet, while we released socket lock
+		 * split a fat GRO packet, while we released socket lock
 		 * in skb_splice_bits()
 		 */
 		sk_eat_skb(sk, skb);
diff --git a/net/ipv6/route.c b/net/ipv6/route.c
index 4981755..25f6aca 100644
--- a/net/ipv6/route.c
+++ b/net/ipv6/route.c
@@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@ static struct rt6_info *__ip6_route_redirect(struct net *net,
 	struct fib6_node *fn;
 
 	/* Get the "current" route for this destination and
-	 * check if the redirect has come from approriate router.
+	 * check if the redirect has come from appropriate router.
 	 *
 	 * RFC 4861 specifies that redirects should only be
 	 * accepted if they come from the nexthop to the target.
diff --git a/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto_tcp.c b/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto_tcp.c
index 70c8381..a890388 100644
--- a/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto_tcp.c
+++ b/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_proto_tcp.c
@@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ static const u8 tcp_valid_flags[(TCPHDR_FIN|TCPHDR_SYN|TCPHDR_RST|TCPHDR_ACK|
 	[TCPHDR_ACK|TCPHDR_URG]			= 1,
 };
 
-/* Protect conntrack agaist broken packets. Code taken from ipt_unclean.c.  */
+/* Protect conntrack against broken packets. Code taken from ipt_unclean.c.  */
 static int tcp_error(struct net *net, struct nf_conn *tmpl,
 		     struct sk_buff *skb,
 		     unsigned int dataoff,
diff --git a/net/netfilter/x_tables.c b/net/netfilter/x_tables.c
index e0aa7c1..c677bd9 100644
--- a/net/netfilter/x_tables.c
+++ b/net/netfilter/x_tables.c
@@ -615,7 +615,8 @@ int xt_compat_check_entry_offsets(const void *base, const char *elems,
 	    COMPAT_XT_ALIGN(target_offset + sizeof(struct compat_xt_standard_target)) != next_offset)
 		return -EINVAL;
 
-	/* compat_xt_entry match has less strict aligment requirements,
+	/*
+	 * compat_xt_entry match has less strict alignment requirements,
 	 * otherwise they are identical.  In case of padding differences
 	 * we need to add compat version of xt_check_entry_match.
 	 */
diff --git a/net/sctp/transport.c b/net/sctp/transport.c
index 81b8667..2a2556d 100644
--- a/net/sctp/transport.c
+++ b/net/sctp/transport.c
@@ -630,9 +630,7 @@ void sctp_transport_reset(struct sctp_transport *t)
 	t->srtt = 0;
 	t->rttvar = 0;
 
-	/* Reset these additional varibles so that we have a clean
-	 * slate.
-	 */
+	/* Reset these additional variables so that we have a clean slate. */
 	t->partial_bytes_acked = 0;
 	t->flight_size = 0;
 	t->error_count = 0;
diff --git a/net/wireless/wext-compat.c b/net/wireless/wext-compat.c
index 9f27221..bf85ab2 100644
--- a/net/wireless/wext-compat.c
+++ b/net/wireless/wext-compat.c
@@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@ static int cfg80211_wext_siwpower(struct net_device *dev,
 		switch (wrq->flags & IW_POWER_MODE) {
 		case IW_POWER_ON:       /* If not specified */
 		case IW_POWER_MODE:     /* If set all mask */
-		case IW_POWER_ALL_R:    /* If explicitely state all */
+		case IW_POWER_ALL_R:    /* If explicitly state all */
 			ps = true;
 			break;
 		default:                /* Otherwise we ignore */
diff --git a/scripts/kconfig/streamline_config.pl b/scripts/kconfig/streamline_config.pl
index b8c7b29..7eb508f 100755
--- a/scripts/kconfig/streamline_config.pl
+++ b/scripts/kconfig/streamline_config.pl
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 #  1. Boot up the kernel that you want to stream line the config on.
 #  2. Change directory to the directory holding the source of the
 #       kernel that you just booted.
-#  3. Copy the configuraton file to this directory as .config
+#  3. Copy the configuration file to this directory as .config
 #  4. Have all your devices that you need modules for connected and
 #      operational (make sure that their corresponding modules are loaded)
 #  5. Run this script redirecting the output to some other file
diff --git a/scripts/recordmcount.pl b/scripts/recordmcount.pl
index 96e2486..21640c7 100755
--- a/scripts/recordmcount.pl
+++ b/scripts/recordmcount.pl
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ if ($arch eq "x86_64") {
     # instruction or the addiu one. herein, we record the address of the
     # first one, and then we can replace this instruction by a branch
     # instruction to jump over the profiling function to filter the
-    # indicated functions, or swith back to the lui instruction to trace
+    # indicated functions, or switch back to the lui instruction to trace
     # them, which means dynamic tracing.
     #
     #       c:	3c030000 	lui	v1,0x0
diff --git a/security/apparmor/procattr.c b/security/apparmor/procattr.c
index b125acc..3d6d1ae 100644
--- a/security/apparmor/procattr.c
+++ b/security/apparmor/procattr.c
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ int aa_getprocattr(struct aa_profile *profile, char **string)
 	ns_name = aa_ns_name(current_ns, ns);
 	ns_len = strlen(ns_name);
 
-	/* if the visible ns_name is > 0 increase size for : :// seperator */
+	/* if the visible ns_name is > 0 increase size for : :// separator */
 	if (ns_len)
 		ns_len += 4;
 
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ int aa_setprocattr_changehat(char *args, size_t size, int test)
 
 /**
  * aa_setprocattr_changeprofile - handle procattr interface to changeprofile
- * @fqname: args received from writting to /proc/<pid>/attr/current (NOT NULL)
+ * @fqname: args received from writing to /proc/<pid>/attr/current (NOT NULL)
  * @onexec: true if change_profile should be delayed until exec
  * @test: true if this is a test of change_profile permissions
  *
diff --git a/security/integrity/ima/ima_template_lib.c b/security/integrity/ima/ima_template_lib.c
index f9bae04..28d2eb0 100644
--- a/security/integrity/ima/ima_template_lib.c
+++ b/security/integrity/ima/ima_template_lib.c
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ static int ima_eventdigest_init_common(u8 *digest, u32 digestsize, u8 hash_algo,
 	 * digest formats:
 	 *  - DATA_FMT_DIGEST: digest
 	 *  - DATA_FMT_DIGEST_WITH_ALGO: [<hash algo>] + ':' + '\0' + digest,
-	 *    where <hash algo> is provided if the hash algoritm is not
+	 *    where <hash algo> is provided if the hash algorithm is not
 	 *    SHA1 or MD5
 	 */
 	u8 buffer[CRYPTO_MAX_ALG_NAME + 2 + IMA_MAX_DIGEST_SIZE] = { 0 };
diff --git a/security/selinux/hooks.c b/security/selinux/hooks.c
index 13185a6..3b404f1 100644
--- a/security/selinux/hooks.c
+++ b/security/selinux/hooks.c
@@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ static int selinux_set_mnt_opts(struct super_block *sb,
 	 * we need to skip the double mount verification.
 	 *
 	 * This does open a hole in which we will not notice if the first
-	 * mount using this sb set explict options and a second mount using
+	 * mount using this sb set explicit options and a second mount using
 	 * this sb does not set any security options.  (The first options
 	 * will be used for both mounts)
 	 */
diff --git a/security/selinux/selinuxfs.c b/security/selinux/selinuxfs.c
index 0765c5b..fb46af1 100644
--- a/security/selinux/selinuxfs.c
+++ b/security/selinux/selinuxfs.c
@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ static ssize_t sel_write_create(struct file *file, char *buf, size_t size)
 		 * either whitespace or multibyte characters, they shall be
 		 * encoded based on the percentage-encoding rule.
 		 * If not encoded, the sscanf logic picks up only left-half
-		 * of the supplied name; splitted by a whitespace unexpectedly.
+		 * of the supplied name; split by a whitespace unexpectedly.
 		 */
 		char   *r, *w;
 		int     c1, c2;
diff --git a/security/smack/smack_lsm.c b/security/smack/smack_lsm.c
index 87a9741..85a7369 100644
--- a/security/smack/smack_lsm.c
+++ b/security/smack/smack_lsm.c
@@ -1855,7 +1855,7 @@ static int smack_file_send_sigiotask(struct task_struct *tsk,
 	 */
 	file = container_of(fown, struct file, f_owner);
 
-	/* we don't log here as rc can be overriden */
+	/* we don't log here as rc can be overridden */
 	skp = file->f_security;
 	rc = smk_access(skp, tkp, MAY_WRITE, NULL);
 	rc = smk_bu_note("sigiotask", skp, tkp, MAY_WRITE, rc);
diff --git a/security/smack/smackfs.c b/security/smack/smackfs.c
index e249a66..332da95 100644
--- a/security/smack/smackfs.c
+++ b/security/smack/smackfs.c
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ struct smack_known *smack_syslog_label;
 /*
  * Ptrace current rule
  * SMACK_PTRACE_DEFAULT    regular smack ptrace rules (/proc based)
- * SMACK_PTRACE_EXACT      labels must match, but can be overriden with
+ * SMACK_PTRACE_EXACT      labels must match, but can be overridden with
  *			   CAP_SYS_PTRACE
  * SMACK_PTRACE_DRACONIAN  lables must match, CAP_SYS_PTRACE has no effect
  */
diff --git a/sound/pci/ac97/ac97_codec.c b/sound/pci/ac97/ac97_codec.c
index 82259ca..4db1836 100644
--- a/sound/pci/ac97/ac97_codec.c
+++ b/sound/pci/ac97/ac97_codec.c
@@ -2907,7 +2907,7 @@ int snd_ac97_tune_hardware(struct snd_ac97 *ac97,
 {
 	int result;
 
-	/* quirk overriden? */
+	/* quirk overridden? */
 	if (override && strcmp(override, "-1") && strcmp(override, "default")) {
 		result = apply_quirk_str(ac97, override);
 		if (result < 0)
diff --git a/sound/pci/ac97/ac97_patch.c b/sound/pci/ac97/ac97_patch.c
index f4234ed..21f87d8 100644
--- a/sound/pci/ac97/ac97_patch.c
+++ b/sound/pci/ac97/ac97_patch.c
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ static int patch_yamaha_ymf753(struct snd_ac97 * ac97)
 	/* Patch for Yamaha YMF753, Copyright (c) by David Shust, dshust@shustring.com.
 	   This chip has nonstandard and extended behaviour with regard to its S/PDIF output.
 	   The AC'97 spec states that the S/PDIF signal is to be output at pin 48.
-	   The YMF753 will ouput the S/PDIF signal to pin 43, 47 (EAPD), or 48.
+	   The YMF753 will output the S/PDIF signal to pin 43, 47 (EAPD), or 48.
 	   By default, no output pin is selected, and the S/PDIF signal is not output.
 	   There is also a bit to mute S/PDIF output in a vendor-specific register.
 	*/
@@ -3093,7 +3093,7 @@ static int patch_cm9739(struct snd_ac97 * ac97)
 	/* set-up multi channel */
 	/* bit 14: 0 = SPDIF, 1 = EAPD */
 	/* bit 13: enable internal vref output for mic */
-	/* bit 12: disable center/lfe (swithable) */
+	/* bit 12: disable center/lfe (switchable) */
 	/* bit 10: disable surround/line (switchable) */
 	/* bit 9: mix 2 surround off */
 	/* bit 4: undocumented; 0 mutes the CM9739A, which defaults to 1 */
diff --git a/sound/pci/hda/hda_sysfs.c b/sound/pci/hda/hda_sysfs.c
index 9739fce..0971474 100644
--- a/sound/pci/hda/hda_sysfs.c
+++ b/sound/pci/hda/hda_sysfs.c
@@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ static struct hda_patch_item patch_items[NUM_LINE_MODES] = {
 	},
 };
 
-/* check the line starting with '[' -- change the parser mode accodingly */
+/* check the line starting with '[' -- change the parser mode accordingly */
 static int parse_line_mode(char *buf, struct hda_bus *bus)
 {
 	int i;
diff --git a/sound/pci/hda/patch_ca0132.c b/sound/pci/hda/patch_ca0132.c
index 9ceb2bc..ea46e9c 100644
--- a/sound/pci/hda/patch_ca0132.c
+++ b/sound/pci/hda/patch_ca0132.c
@@ -2862,7 +2862,7 @@ static unsigned int ca0132_capture_pcm_delay(struct hda_pcm_stream *info,
 #define CA0132_CODEC_MUTE(xname, nid, dir) \
 	CA0132_CODEC_MUTE_MONO(xname, nid, 3, dir)
 
-/* The followings are for tuning of products */
+/* The following are for tuning of products */
 #ifdef ENABLE_TUNING_CONTROLS
 
 static unsigned int voice_focus_vals_lookup[] = {
diff --git a/sound/ppc/snd_ps3.c b/sound/ppc/snd_ps3.c
index 3682425..a183475 100644
--- a/sound/ppc/snd_ps3.c
+++ b/sound/ppc/snd_ps3.c
@@ -885,7 +885,7 @@ static void snd_ps3_audio_set_base_addr(uint64_t ioaddr_start)
 static void snd_ps3_audio_fixup(struct snd_ps3_card_info *card)
 {
 	/*
-	 * avsetting driver seems to never change the followings
+	 * avsetting driver seems to never change the following
 	 * so, init them here once
 	 */
 
diff --git a/sound/soc/amd/acp-pcm-dma.c b/sound/soc/amd/acp-pcm-dma.c
index d1fb035..3ad6da1 100644
--- a/sound/soc/amd/acp-pcm-dma.c
+++ b/sound/soc/amd/acp-pcm-dma.c
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ static int acp_init(void __iomem *acp_mmio)
 	return 0;
 }
 
-/* Deintialize ACP */
+/* Deinitialize ACP */
 static int acp_deinit(void __iomem *acp_mmio)
 {
 	u32 val;
@@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ static int acp_dma_prepare(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
 		*/
 		acp_dma_start(rtd->acp_mmio, SYSRAM_TO_ACP_CH_NUM, false);
 
-		/* ACP SRAM (2 periods of buffer size) is intially filled with
+		/* ACP SRAM (2 periods of buffer size) is initially filled with
 		 * zeros. Before rendering starts, 2nd half of SRAM will be
 		 * filled with valid audio data DMA'ed from first half of system
 		 * RAM and 1st half of SRAM will be filled with Zeros. This is
diff --git a/sound/soc/codecs/wm_hubs.c b/sound/soc/codecs/wm_hubs.c
index 624b3b9..63b2745 100644
--- a/sound/soc/codecs/wm_hubs.c
+++ b/sound/soc/codecs/wm_hubs.c
@@ -1269,7 +1269,7 @@ void wm_hubs_set_bias_level(struct snd_soc_codec *codec,
 		break;
 
 	case SND_SOC_BIAS_ON:
-		/* Turn off any unneded single ended outputs */
+		/* Turn off any unneeded single ended outputs */
 		val = 0;
 		mask = 0;
 
diff --git a/sound/soc/davinci/davinci-i2s.c b/sound/soc/davinci/davinci-i2s.c
index 3849616..eb60f97 100644
--- a/sound/soc/davinci/davinci-i2s.c
+++ b/sound/soc/davinci/davinci-i2s.c
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
  *    incompatible with ASP and with either McBSP.
  *
  * In short:  this uses ASP to implement I2S, not McBSP.
- * And it won't be the only DaVinci implemention of I2S.
+ * And it won't be the only DaVinci implementation of I2S.
  */
 #define DAVINCI_MCBSP_DRR_REG	0x00
 #define DAVINCI_MCBSP_DXR_REG	0x04
diff --git a/sound/soc/fsl/fsl_asrc.c b/sound/soc/fsl/fsl_asrc.c
index c1a0e01..cac4804 100644
--- a/sound/soc/fsl/fsl_asrc.c
+++ b/sound/soc/fsl/fsl_asrc.c
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ static int fsl_asrc_config_pair(struct fsl_asrc_pair *pair)
 	fsl_asrc_set_watermarks(pair, ASRC_INPUTFIFO_THRESHOLD,
 				ASRC_INPUTFIFO_THRESHOLD);
 
-	/* Configure the followings only for Ideal Ratio mode */
+	/* Configure the following only for Ideal Ratio mode */
 	if (!ideal)
 		return 0;
 
diff --git a/sound/soc/qcom/lpass.h b/sound/soc/qcom/lpass.h
index 30714ad..7319d02 100644
--- a/sound/soc/qcom/lpass.h
+++ b/sound/soc/qcom/lpass.h
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ struct lpass_variant {
 	 **/
 	u32	dmactl_audif_start;
 	u32	wrdma_channel_start;
-	/* SOC specific intialization like clocks */
+	/* SOC specific initialization like clocks */
 	int (*init)(struct platform_device *pdev);
 	int (*exit)(struct platform_device *pdev);
 	int (*alloc_dma_channel)(struct lpass_data *data, int direction);
diff --git a/sound/soc/soc-ac97.c b/sound/soc/soc-ac97.c
index bc4a55b..0fc6a8c 100644
--- a/sound/soc/soc-ac97.c
+++ b/sound/soc/soc-ac97.c
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ static void snd_soc_ac97_free_gpio(struct snd_ac97 *ac97)
  * snd_soc_alloc_ac97_codec() - Allocate new a AC'97 device
  * @codec: The CODEC for which to create the AC'97 device
  *
- * Allocated a new snd_ac97 device and intializes it, but does not yet register
+ * Allocates a new snd_ac97 device and initializes it, but does not yet register
  * it. The caller is responsible to either call device_add(&ac97->dev) to
  * register the device, or to call put_device(&ac97->dev) to free the device.
  *
diff --git a/sound/soc/soc-topology.c b/sound/soc/soc-topology.c
index ee7f15a..cb46798 100644
--- a/sound/soc/soc-topology.c
+++ b/sound/soc/soc-topology.c
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ static int soc_tplg_widget_load(struct soc_tplg *tplg,
 	return 0;
 }
 
-/* pass DAI configurations to component driver for extra intialization */
+/* pass DAI configurations to component driver for extra initialization */
 static int soc_tplg_dai_load(struct soc_tplg *tplg,
 	struct snd_soc_dai_driver *dai_drv)
 {
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ static int soc_tplg_dai_load(struct soc_tplg *tplg,
 	return 0;
 }
 
-/* pass link configurations to component driver for extra intialization */
+/* pass link configurations to component driver for extra initialization */
 static int soc_tplg_dai_link_load(struct soc_tplg *tplg,
 	struct snd_soc_dai_link *link)
 {
diff --git a/sound/usb/mixer.c b/sound/usb/mixer.c
index 2f8c388..c838701 100644
--- a/sound/usb/mixer.c
+++ b/sound/usb/mixer.c
@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ static int check_input_term(struct mixer_build *state, int id,
 					return err;
 
 				/* save input term properties after recursion,
-				 * to ensure they are not overriden by the
+				 * to ensure they are not overridden by the
 				 * recursion calls */
 				term->id = id;
 				term->type = le16_to_cpu(d->wTerminalType);
diff --git a/tools/hv/hv_kvp_daemon.c b/tools/hv/hv_kvp_daemon.c
index 0d9f48e..0daed40 100644
--- a/tools/hv/hv_kvp_daemon.c
+++ b/tools/hv/hv_kvp_daemon.c
@@ -1098,7 +1098,7 @@ static int parse_ip_val_buffer(char *in_buf, int *offset,
 	char *start;
 
 	/*
-	 * in_buf has sequence of characters that are seperated by
+	 * in_buf has sequence of characters that are separated by
 	 * the character ';'. The last sequence does not have the
 	 * terminating ";" character.
 	 */
diff --git a/tools/lguest/lguest.c b/tools/lguest/lguest.c
index d9836c5..5678449 100644
--- a/tools/lguest/lguest.c
+++ b/tools/lguest/lguest.c
@@ -1387,7 +1387,7 @@ static bool pci_data_iowrite(u16 port, u32 mask, u32 val)
 		/* Allow writing to any other BAR, or expansion ROM */
 		iowrite(portoff, val, mask, &d->config_words[reg]);
 		return true;
-		/* We let them overide latency timer and cacheline size */
+		/* We let them override latency timer and cacheline size */
 	} else if (&d->config_words[reg] == (void *)&d->config.cacheline_size) {
 		/* Only let them change the first two fields. */
 		if (mask == 0xFFFFFFFF)
diff --git a/tools/lib/bpf/Makefile b/tools/lib/bpf/Makefile
index 62d89d5..1902caf 100644
--- a/tools/lib/bpf/Makefile
+++ b/tools/lib/bpf/Makefile
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ else
   Q = @
 endif
 
-# Disable command line variables (CFLAGS) overide from top
+# Disable command line variables (CFLAGS) override from top
 # level Makefile (perf), otherwise build Makefile will get
 # the same command line setup.
 MAKEOVERRIDES=
diff --git a/tools/lib/bpf/bpf.c b/tools/lib/bpf/bpf.c
index 4212ed6..87a9c62 100644
--- a/tools/lib/bpf/bpf.c
+++ b/tools/lib/bpf/bpf.c
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 #include "bpf.h"
 
 /*
- * When building perf, unistd.h is overrided. __NR_bpf is
+ * When building perf, unistd.h is overridden. __NR_bpf is
  * required to be defined explicitly.
  */
 #ifndef __NR_bpf
diff --git a/tools/lib/traceevent/Makefile b/tools/lib/traceevent/Makefile
index 7851df1..8b23a7c 100644
--- a/tools/lib/traceevent/Makefile
+++ b/tools/lib/traceevent/Makefile
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ else
   Q = @
 endif
 
-# Disable command line variables (CFLAGS) overide from top
+# Disable command line variables (CFLAGS) override from top
 # level Makefile (perf), otherwise build Makefile will get
 # the same command line setup.
 MAKEOVERRIDES=
diff --git a/tools/perf/Documentation/perf-list.txt b/tools/perf/Documentation/perf-list.txt
index a126e97..078e8a9 100644
--- a/tools/perf/Documentation/perf-list.txt
+++ b/tools/perf/Documentation/perf-list.txt
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ like cycles and instructions and some software events.
 Other PMUs and global measurements are normally root only.
 Some event qualifiers, such as "any", are also root only.
 
-This can be overriden by setting the kernel.perf_event_paranoid
+This can be overridden by setting the kernel.perf_event_paranoid
 sysctl to -1, which allows non root to use these events.
 
 For accessing trace point events perf needs to have read access to
diff --git a/tools/perf/util/probe-event.c b/tools/perf/util/probe-event.c
index 2873396..0c6318f 100644
--- a/tools/perf/util/probe-event.c
+++ b/tools/perf/util/probe-event.c
@@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ static int add_exec_to_probe_trace_events(struct probe_trace_event *tevs,
 		return ret;
 
 	for (i = 0; i < ntevs && ret >= 0; i++) {
-		/* point.address is the addres of point.symbol + point.offset */
+		/* point.address is the address of point.symbol + point.offset */
 		tevs[i].point.address -= stext;
 		tevs[i].point.module = strdup(exec);
 		if (!tevs[i].point.module) {
diff --git a/tools/testing/ktest/sample.conf b/tools/testing/ktest/sample.conf
index 6c58cd8..0b26ef0 100644
--- a/tools/testing/ktest/sample.conf
+++ b/tools/testing/ktest/sample.conf
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 #
 
 # Options set in the beginning of the file are considered to be
-# default options. These options can be overriden by test specific
+# default options. These options can be overridden by test specific
 # options, with the following exceptions:
 #
 #  LOG_FILE
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@
 #
 # This config file can also contain "config variables".
 # These are assigned with ":=" instead of the ktest option
-# assigment "=".
+# assignment "=".
 #
 # The difference between ktest options and config variables
 # is that config variables can be used multiple times,
diff --git a/tools/testing/selftests/net/psock_tpacket.c b/tools/testing/selftests/net/psock_tpacket.c
index 24adf70..3c0ed3a 100644
--- a/tools/testing/selftests/net/psock_tpacket.c
+++ b/tools/testing/selftests/net/psock_tpacket.c
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
  *
  * Datapath:
  *   Open a pair of packet sockets and send resp. receive an a priori known
- *   packet pattern accross the sockets and check if it was received resp.
+ *   packet pattern across the sockets and check if it was received resp.
  *   sent correctly. Fanout in combination with RX_RING is currently not
  *   tested here.
  *
diff --git a/tools/testing/selftests/powerpc/vphn/test-vphn.c b/tools/testing/selftests/powerpc/vphn/test-vphn.c
index 5742f68..0c63464 100644
--- a/tools/testing/selftests/powerpc/vphn/test-vphn.c
+++ b/tools/testing/selftests/powerpc/vphn/test-vphn.c
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ static struct test {
 		}
 	},
 	{
-		/* Parse a 32-bit value split accross two consecutives 64-bit
+		/* Parse a 32-bit value split across two consecutive 64-bit
 		 * input values.
 		 */
 		"vphn: 16-bit value followed by 2 x 32-bit values",
